Oracle9i Database Master Index: D
(Release 2 (9.2))
Shortcuts to Letters
Index Entries
- D (Concepts)
- number format element (SQL Reference)
- d option (sqlj -d) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- D, background processes (Concepts)
- See also (Concepts)
- d, ojspc option (binary output dir) (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- D0801070.SQL script (Reference)
- D0900010.SQL script (Reference)
- DAC. See discretionary access control (DAC) (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DAD, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- daemons (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- dangling REFs (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- dangling refs (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- Danish
- alternate spelling (Text Reference)
- index defaults (Text Reference)
- supplied stoplist (Text Reference)
- data
- abstraction (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- access rules (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- access to
- concurrent (Concepts)
- control of (Concepts)
- fine-grained access control (Concepts)
- security domains (Concepts)
- aggregation
- composite columns of GROUP BY (SQL Reference)
- concatenated grouping sets of GROUP BY (SQL Reference)
- grouping sets (SQL Reference)
- and transactions (Performance Planning)
- baselines (Performance Planning)
- caching frequently used (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- concurrency, definition (Concepts)
- consistency of
- examples of lock behavior (Concepts)
- locks (Concepts)
- manual locking (Concepts)
- read consistency, definition (Concepts)
- repeatable reads (Concepts)
- transaction level (Concepts)
- underlying principles (Concepts)
- deep data protection (Security Overview)
- delimiter marks in data and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- distinguishing different input formats for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- distinguishing different input row object subtypes (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- encapsulation (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- encryption of stored (Security Overview)
- exporting (Utilities)
- formatted data and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- gathering (Performance Planning)
- generating unique values with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- historical (Performance Planning)
- how stored in tables (Concepts)
- including in control files (Utilities)
- independence (SQL Reference)
- integrity (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- integrity checking on input (SQL Reference)
- integrity of (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- CHECK constraints (Concepts)
- enforcing (Concepts)
- enforcing (Concepts)
- introduction (Concepts)
- parallel DML restrictions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- referential (Concepts)
- types (Concepts)
- label-based access (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- loading data contained in the SQL*Loader control file (Utilities)
- loading in sections
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- loading into more than one table
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- loading using external tables (Administrator's Guide)
- locks (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- locks on (Concepts)
- maximum length of delimited data for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- modeling (Performance Planning)
- moving between operating systems using SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- partitioning (Data Warehousing Guide)
- privacy (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- purging (Data Warehousing Guide)
- queries (Performance Planning)
- restricting access (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- retrieving (SQL Reference)
- saving in a direct path load (Utilities)
- saving rows
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- scoring (Data Mining Concepts)
- searches (Performance Planning)
- security of (Administrator's Guide)
- sensitivity (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- specifying as temporary (SQL Reference)
- sufficiency check (Data Warehousing Guide)
- transformation (Data Warehousing Guide)
- transportation (Data Warehousing Guide)
- undo
- storing (SQL Reference)
- unsorted
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- values optimized for SQL*Loader performance (Utilities)
- data
- analyzing (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- analyzing collected (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- browsing collected (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- collecting (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collecting Database class (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collecting incomplete (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collecting Instance class (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collecting invalid (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collecting Schema class (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collecting System class (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collecting unusable (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collecting Workload class (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- determining what is being collected (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- editing (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- excluding from an analysis (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- loading multimedia (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- organization of collected (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- providing complete and accurate (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- purging policies (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- selecting collected (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- viewing (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- data affinity (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- data aggregation
- best practice (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- creating the aggregation map (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- for multiple variables (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- data availability
- balancing against system performance requirements (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- data block corruption
- repairing (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- data blocks
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- allocating for extents (Concepts)
- altering size of (Administrator's Guide)
- cache transfers in advanced queuing (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- cached in memory (Concepts)
- coalescing extents (Concepts)
- coalescing free space in blocks (Concepts)
- controlling free space in (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- corrupted (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- definition (Concepts)
- format (Concepts)
- free lists and (Concepts)
- how rows stored in (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- managing space in (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- non-standard block size (Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Concepts)
- PCTFREE in clusters (Administrator's Guide)
- read-only transactions and (Concepts)
- reading multiple (Reference)
- row directory (Concepts)
- shared in clusters (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- shown in ROWIDs (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- shown in rowids (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- size of (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Reference)
- space available for inserted rows (Concepts)
- specifying size of (Administrator's Guide)
- standard block size (Administrator's Guide)
- stored in the buffer cache (Concepts)
- transaction entry settings (Administrator's Guide)
- verifying (Administrator's Guide)
- writing to disk (Concepts)
- data cache (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- data cartridge
- definition (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- development process (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- domains (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- external procedures (guidelines) (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- installation (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- interfaces (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- method (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- naming conventions (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- suggested development approach (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- data cartridges
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- OCI functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- data class
- definition (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- in Capacity Planner analysis view (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- modifying selection criteria (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- saving as an analysis (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- specifying for historical data collection (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- specifying selection criteria for (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- viewing an analysis for (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- data collection
- See historical data collection (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- data collection services (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- data collection. See collecting data. (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- data compression
- See data segment compression (Data Warehousing Guide)
- data compression, XML Parser for Java (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- data confidentiality (Java Developer's Guide)
- data control in OO4O (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- data conversion (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- ANSI datatypes (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- assignments (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- between character datatypes (SQL Reference)
- CHARTOROWID function (Concepts)
- direct path load (Utilities)
- expression evaluation (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- HEXTORAW function (Concepts)
- implicit
- disadvantages (SQL Reference)
- implicit versus explicit (SQL Reference)
- in Pro*C/C++ (Globalization Support Guide)
- JDBC driver (Globalization Support Guide)
- OCI driver (Globalization Support Guide)
- ODBC and OLE DB drivers (Globalization Support Guide)
- program interface (Concepts)
- RAWTOHEX function (Concepts)
- RAWTONHEX function (Concepts)
- REFTOHEX function (Concepts)
- ROWIDTOCHAR function (Concepts)
- ROWIDTONCHAR function (Concepts)
- SQL/DS and DB2 datatypes (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- thin driver (Globalization Support Guide)
- TO_CHAR function (Concepts)
- TO_CLOB function (Concepts)
- TO_DATE function (Concepts)
- TO_NCHAR function (Concepts)
- TO_NCLOB function (Concepts)
- TO_NUMBER function (Concepts)
- Unicode Java strings (Globalization Support Guide)
- when performed implicitly (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- when specified explicitly (SQL Reference)
- data conversions (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DATE datatype (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- internal datatypes (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- INTERVAL datatypes (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LOB datatype (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LONG (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- LONG RAW (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- TIMESTAMP datatypes (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- data copying (Migration)
- data corruption
- safeguarding against (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- data cubes
- hierarchical (Data Warehousing Guide)
- data definition language
- altering replicated objects (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- asynchronous (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- auditing (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- described (Concepts)
- embedding in PL/SQL (Concepts)
- in transactions (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- locks (Concepts)
- parsing with DBMS_SQL (Concepts)
- processing statements (Concepts)
- roles and privileges (Concepts)
- SQL statements (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- supplying asynchronous (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Data Definition Language
- creating CHAR objects with DBMS=V6 (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- data definition language (DDL)
- description (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- embedded (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- events and triggers (SQL Reference)
- statements (SQL Reference)
- and implicit commit (SQL Reference)
- causing recompilation (SQL Reference)
- PL/SQL support (SQL Reference)
- data definition language (DDL) statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Data definition statements (New Features)
- Data Definition Statements (DDL) (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- data dictionary
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- [entry #4] (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- access to (Concepts)
- adding comments to (SQL Reference)
- ALL prefixed views (Concepts)
- cache (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Reference)
- location of (Concepts)
- CATALOG.SQL scripts (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- CATPROC.SQL scripts (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- changing storage parameters (Administrator's Guide)
- changing storage parameters of (Administrator's Guide)
- compatibility (Migration)
- compile-time errors (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- conflicts with control files (Administrator's Guide)
- content of (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- contents with Generic Connectivity (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- datafiles (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- DBA prefixed views (Concepts)
- defined (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- dependencies tracked by (Concepts)
- dictionary managed tablespaces (Concepts)
- DUAL table (Concepts)
- dynamic performance tables (Concepts)
- installing for Heterogeneous Services (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- integrity constraints in (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- locks (Concepts)
- mapping for Generic Connectivity (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle server name/SQL Server name (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- owner of (Concepts)
- prefixes to views of (Concepts)
- procedure source code (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- protection (Migration)
- public synonyms for (Concepts)
- purging pending rows from (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- querying views (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- removing Streams information (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- row cache and (Concepts)
- schema object views (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- scripts (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- segments in the (Administrator's Guide)
- sequence cache (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- SQL scripts (Reference)
- statistics in (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- structure of (Concepts)
- SYSTEM tablespace (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- tables (Reference)
- translation support for Generic Connectivity (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- USER prefixed views (Concepts)
- uses of (Concepts)
- table and column definitions (Concepts)
- using in schema tuning (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- V$DBFILE view (Administrator's Guide)
- V$LOGFILE view (Administrator's Guide)
- views (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- overview (Reference)
- user views (Reference)
- views used in optimization (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- data dictionary tables (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- data dictionary views
- [entry #2] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [entry #3] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [entry #4] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- comments
- updating (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_DB_LINKS (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- Generic Connectivity (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- Heterogeneous Services (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- materialized views (Replication Management API Reference)
- NLS_DATABASE_PARAMETERS (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_INSTANCE_PARAMETERS (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_SESSION_PARAMETER (Globalization Support Guide)
- refresh groups (Replication Management API Reference)
- replication (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- USER (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- data encryption
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (New Features)
- distributed systems (Administrator's Guide)
- Data Encryption Standard (DES) (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Overview)
- [entry #3] (Security Overview)
- [entry #4] (Security Overview)
- [entry #5] (Security Overview)
- DES encryption algorithm (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- DES40 encryption algorithm (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Triple-DES encryption algorithm (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- data exchange commands (OLAP User's Guide)
- data expansion
- during data conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- data expansion during character set migration (Globalization Support Guide)
- data expansion during conversion
- JDBC thin driver (Globalization Support Guide)
- data fields
- specifying the SQL*Loader datatype (Utilities)
- data format
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- figure (Data Mining Concepts)
- data formatting (OLAP User's Guide)
- Data Gatherer (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- Data Guard
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- broker (Concepts)
- components (Concepts)
- configurations (Concepts)
- log apply services
- log apply services (Concepts)
- log transport services
- log transport services (Concepts)
- logical standby databases (Concepts)
- overview (Concepts)
- physical standby databases (Concepts)
- protection modes
- overview (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- services
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- log transport services (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- role management services (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Data Guard broker
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- See (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Guard command-line interface
- banners from output (Data Guard Broker)
- commands
- ALTER RESOURCE (property) (Data Guard Broker)
- ALTER RESOURCE (state) (Data Guard Broker)
- ALTER SITE (Data Guard Broker)
- CREATE CONFIGURATION (Data Guard Broker)
- CREATE SITE (Data Guard Broker)
- DISABLE CONFIGURATION (Data Guard Broker)
- DISABLE RESOURCE (Data Guard Broker)
- DISABLE SITE (Data Guard Broker)
- ENABLE CONFIGURATION (Data Guard Broker)
- ENABLE RESOURCE (Data Guard Broker)
- ENABLE SITE (Data Guard Broker)
- EXIT (Data Guard Broker)
- HELP (Data Guard Broker)
- QUIT (Data Guard Broker)
- REMOVE CONFIGURATION (Data Guard Broker)
- REMOVE SITE (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW CONFIGURATION (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW DEPENDENCY TREE (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW LOG (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW RESOURCE (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW SITE (Data Guard Broker)
- creating
- a standby database (Data Guard Broker)
- a standby database (Data Guard Broker)
- and adding a primary database resource object (Data Guard Broker)
- database resource substates (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- DG_BROKER_START initialization parameter (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- introduction (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- sample help output (Data Guard Broker)
- setting critical database properties (Data Guard Broker)
- starting (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- string values (Data Guard Broker)
- summary of commands (Data Guard Broker)
- suppressing command prompts (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Guard configuration
- archiving to standby destination using the logwriter process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- archiving to standby destinations using the archive process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Data Guard configuration file
- deleting (Data Guard Broker)
- inconsistent values from SPFILE parameter file (Data Guard Broker)
- relationship to DMON process (Data Guard Broker)
- renaming (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Guard configurations
- background (Data Guard Broker)
- supported (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Guard Manager (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Add Site wizard (Data Guard Broker)
- console (Data Guard Broker)
- Create Configuration wizard (Data Guard Broker)
- database property pages (Data Guard Broker)
- discovering primary and standby nodes (Data Guard Broker)
- integration with Oracle Enterprise Manager (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- introduction (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- making Oracle Net configuration changes (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- performance tools and graphs (Data Guard Broker)
- quick tour (Data Guard Broker)
- setting Preferred Credentials (Data Guard Broker)
- starting (Data Guard Broker)
- upgrading (Data Guard Broker)
- wizards
- automate standby database creation (Data Guard Broker)
- creating standby databases (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Guard monitor (DMON) (Data Guard Broker)
- in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- in a Data Guard configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- interaction with the Oracle database server (Data Guard Broker)
- maintaining configuration data (Data Guard Broker)
- managing objects (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Broker)
- Oracle database server background processes (Data Guard Broker)
- overview (Data Guard Broker)
- removing objects (Data Guard Broker)
- running on each site (Data Guard Broker)
- starting with the DG_BROKER_START parameter (Data Guard Broker)
- two-way network communication (Data Guard Broker)
- data inconsistencies causing data loss (Globalization Support Guide)
- data indexing (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- data integrity
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- parallel propagation (Advanced Replication)
- serial propagation (Advanced Replication)
- data item
- adding to a user-defined class (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- definition (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- modifying in a user-defined class (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- removing from a user-defined class (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- selecting for collection (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- stopping collection for a (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Data Items page in user-defined charts (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [entry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- data link layer (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- data loading
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- with external tables (Concepts)
- data locality
- in Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- data lock (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- data locks
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- conversion (Concepts)
- duration of (Concepts)
- escalation (Concepts)
- data loss
- caused by data inconsistencies (Globalization Support Guide)
- due to failover (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- during character set migration (Globalization Support Guide)
- during OCI Unicode character set conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- from mixed character sets (Globalization Support Guide)
- minimizing (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- switchover and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- data loss during character set conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- data loss during datatype conversion
- exceptions (Globalization Support Guide)
- Data Management Wizards (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Data manipulation language (New Features)
- data manipulation language
- auditing (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- described (Concepts)
- locks acquired by (Concepts)
- parallel DML (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- privileges controlling (Concepts)
- processing statements (Concepts)
- serializable isolation for subqueries (Concepts)
- SQL statements (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- statements allowed in distributed transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- transaction model for parallel DML (Data Warehousing Guide)
- triggers and (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- data manipulation language (DML)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- allowing during indexing (SQL Reference)
- operations
- and triggers (SQL Reference)
- during index creation (SQL Reference)
- during index rebuild (SQL Reference)
- parallelizing (SQL Reference)
- restricting operations (SQL Reference)
- retrieving affected rows (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- retrieving rows affected by (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- statements (SQL Reference)
- PL/SQL support (SQL Reference)
- triggers
- and LOB columns and attributes (SQL Reference)
- data manipulation language (DML) statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Data Manipulation Statements (DML) (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- data marts (Data Warehousing Guide)
- data migration process (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- data mining (Data Warehousing Guide)
- data mining API (Data Mining Concepts)
- data mining components (Data Mining Concepts)
- data mining functions (Data Mining Concepts)
- data mining server (DMS) (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- connect to (Data Mining Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- data mining tasks (Data Mining Concepts)
- data mining tasks per function (Data Mining Concepts)
- data model (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- LRS (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- data models
- object-relational principles (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- data object number
- extended ROWID (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- extended rowid (Concepts)
- in extended rowids (SQL Reference)
- DATA parameter
- for SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- data path loads
- direct and conventional (Utilities)
- data point
- displaying a currently excluded point in a chart (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- excluding from a chart (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- viewing the value of a (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- data preprocessing (Data Mining Concepts)
- data privacy (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using SSL (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- data propagation
- and dependency maintenance (Advanced Replication)
- asynchronous (Advanced Replication)
- synchronous (Advanced Replication)
- data protection (Concepts)
- balancing against performance (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- benefits (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- flexibility (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- modes (Concepts)
- provided by Data Guard (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- data protection modes
- affect on network timeouts (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- enforced by log transport services (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- ensuring no data loss (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- influence on network reconnection (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- maximum availability mode (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- maximum performance mode (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- maximum protection mode (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- overview (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- providing no data loss (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- See (Data Guard Broker)
- setting up synchronous and asynchronous network I/O operations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- data recovery
- direct path load
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- data samples
- specifying the length of time between (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- specifying the number to collect for a time interval (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- data scoring
- main steps (Data Mining Concepts)
- output data (Data Mining Concepts)
- prerequisites (Data Mining Concepts)
- data security
- definition (Concepts)
- data segment compression (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #5] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- bitmap indexes (Data Warehousing Guide)
- materialized views (Data Warehousing Guide)
- partitioning (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- data segments (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- data selection commands (OLAP User's Guide)
- data source
- definition (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #4] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #5] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- designating for a user-defined class (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- examples of (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- selecting (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- selecting for collection (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- stopping collection for a (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- data source info
- properties (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- data source support
- associating a connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- associating a default context (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- auto-commit mode (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- dataSource (connection context WITH clause) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- general overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- requirements (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLJ data source classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLJ data source interfaces (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLJ-specific data sources (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- data sources
- creating and connecting (with JNDI) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating and connecting (without JNDI) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- logging and tracing (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle implementation (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PrintWriter (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- properties (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- standard interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- data storage (OLAP User's Guide)
- defined procedurally (Text Reference)
- direct (Text Reference)
- example (Text Reference)
- external (Text Reference)
- index default (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- master/detail (Text Reference)
- preference example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- URL (Text Reference)
- data store
- definition (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- exploring (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- scope of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- data streaming
- avoiding (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- definition (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- data striping (OLAP User's Guide)
- data structures
- involved in recovery (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- new for 8.0 (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Data Structures and Types of XSLT APIs for C (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- data transfer (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- data transformation
- multistage (Data Warehousing Guide)
- pipelined (Data Warehousing Guide)
- data truncation (Globalization Support Guide)
- restrictions (Globalization Support Guide)
- data type
- of MDM metadata objects (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- of MdmSource objects (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- data type mappings (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- data types (Data Mining Concepts)
- converting (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- date (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- mapping (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- modifying (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- modifying DATATIME (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- modifying TIMESTAMP (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- numeric (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- of expressions (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- of numeric expressions (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- of user-defined function (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- spatial (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- text (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- data types, modifying VARCHAR (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- data usage specification (DUS) object (Data Mining Concepts)
- data values
- accessing variable (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- converting when reading files (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- numeric (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- saving calculations (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- Data View wizard
- choosing an event (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- choosing items (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- choosing sort criteria (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- creating data views using (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- defining number of rows (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Data Viewer
- [entry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- collecting data for specific wait events (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- computing statistics (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- starting (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- tips on using (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- usage scenarios (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- data views
- creating (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- definition of (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- definitions (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- displaying (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- drill down to related events (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- drill-down
- selecting (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- modifying (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- descriptions (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- options (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- sort order (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- options (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- saving (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- See also drill-down data views (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- SQL statement (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- statistics (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- viewing data (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- data views in Oracle Trace
- Average Elapsed Time (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- CPU Statistics (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Disk Reads (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Disk Reads/Execution Ratio (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Disk Reads/Logical Reads Ratio (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Disk Reads/Rows Fetched Ratio (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Execute Elapsed Time (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Fetch Elapsed Time (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Logical Reads (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Logical Reads/Rows Fetched Ratio (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Number of Rows Processed (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Parse Elapsed Time (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Parse/Execution Ratio (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Re-Parse Frequency (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Rows Fetched/Fetch Count Ratio (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Rows Sorted (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Sorts in Memory (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Sorts on Disk (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Total Elapsed Time (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Waits by Average Wait Time (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Waits by Event Frequency (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Waits by Total Wait Time (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Data Warehouse
- configuration type (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- data warehouse (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- architectures (Data Warehousing Guide)
- deploying applications for in Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- dimension tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- dimensions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- fact tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- logical design (Data Warehousing Guide)
- partitioned tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- physical design (Data Warehousing Guide)
- refresh tips (Data Warehousing Guide)
- refreshing table data (Data Warehousing Guide)
- star queries (Data Warehousing Guide)
- data warehousing
- Advanced Replication support
- data dictionary tables (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- initialization parameter requirements (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- tablespace requirements (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- tablespace requirements (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- architecture (Concepts)
- bitmap indexes (Concepts)
- dimension schema objects (Concepts)
- dimensions (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- ETL (Concepts)
- features (Concepts)
- hierarchies (Concepts)
- invalidated views and packages (Concepts)
- materialized views (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- OLAP (Concepts)
- star queries (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- summaries (Concepts)
- \\.\PhysicalDrivex (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- data warehousing documentation (New Features)
- data() function
- of UTL_SMTP (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- data, updating by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- data-type summary (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- database
- application administrator (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- applications and security (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- archiving mode (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- backups (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- block buffers parameter (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- block size parameter (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- cache size (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- changing password (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- components (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- configuration (Java Developer's Guide)
- configurations (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- connect identifier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- connecting
- from an applet (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- via multiple Connection Managers (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- with server-side internal driver (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connecting to (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connecting to an application (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- connection made in tree (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- connection testing (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connections (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- concurrent (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- concurrent (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- pooling (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- dedicated for directory (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- design and modeling (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- event notification (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- extraction
- with and without Change Data Capture (Data Warehousing Guide)
- failure to open after removing incompatibilities (Migration)
- global name in a distributed system (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- granting privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- granting roles (Administrator's Guide)
- Java (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- mounting (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- number of archived log files (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- number of instances (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- opening (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- password, changing (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- privileges (Java Developer's Guide)
- quiescing (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- recovery (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- rollback segments (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- sample tables (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- scalability (Data Warehousing Guide)
- schema plan (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- security and schemas (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- server (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- server error (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- staging (Data Warehousing Guide)
- triggers (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- tuning (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- user and application user (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- database
- identifying (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- privileges Oracle Expert requires to access (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- steps in initial configuration (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- when to configure a new (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- workload (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- database access
- enabling (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- Database Access Descriptor, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- database administration (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Database Administration Functionality (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- database administrator
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- role during the upgrade (Migration)
- database administrators (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- application administrator versus (Administrator's Guide)
- initial priorities (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- operating system account (Administrator's Guide)
- password files for (Administrator's Guide)
- responsibilities of (Administrator's Guide)
- roles
- about (Administrator's Guide)
- for security (Administrator's Guide)
- security and privileges of (Administrator's Guide)
- security for (Administrator's Guide)
- security officer versus (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- SYS and SYSTEM accounts (Administrator's Guide)
- utilities for (Administrator's Guide)
- database administrators (DBAs)
- authentication (Concepts)
- data dictionary views (Concepts)
- DBA role (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- password files (Concepts)
- database authentication (Administrator's Guide)
- database block buffers (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Database Buffer Cache (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- database buffers
- after committing transactions (Concepts)
- buffer cache (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- clean (Concepts)
- committing transactions (Concepts)
- defined (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- dirty (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- free (Concepts)
- multiple buffer pools (Concepts)
- pinned (Concepts)
- size of cache (Concepts)
- writing of (Concepts)
- database cache (OLAP User's Guide)
- database changes
- making permanent (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- undoing (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- database changes, saving automatically (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- database character set (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- character data conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- choosing (Globalization Support Guide)
- compatibility between client operating system and applications (Globalization Support Guide)
- performance (Globalization Support Guide)
- Database class (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- automatic data collection (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- collecting (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Database Users category (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- deleting previously collected data for (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- frequency of collection (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Name/Version category (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Public Synonyms category (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Tablespaces category (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- when to collect (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- DATABASE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- database concepts for host application developer (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- database configuration (OLAP User's Guide)
- Database Configuration Assistant
- [entry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #3] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Adding an Instance page (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- adding instances (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- advantages (Administrator's Guide)
- All Initialization Parameters dialog (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- and log files (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- components created by (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- configuring options (Administrator's Guide)
- Confirmation dialog (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- control files (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- creating databases (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- creating Real Application Clusters database
- after installation (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- during installation (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- during installation (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Creation Options page (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Database Connection Options page (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Database Features page (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Database Identification page (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Database Storage page (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Database Templates page (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- datafiles (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- defined (Administrator's Guide)
- deleting databases (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- deleting databases with (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- deleting instances (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- deleting Real Application Clusters databases (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Error dialog (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- initialization parameter files (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Initialization Parameters page (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Instance Management page (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- List of Cluster Database Instances page (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- List of Cluster Databases page (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- managing templates (Administrator's Guide)
- Node Selection page (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Operations page (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- placement of IFILE parameter (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- processing during installation (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- raw devices for (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- redo log files (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- registering a database object in a directory server (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- rollback segments (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- shared server configuration (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Summary dialog (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [subentry #4] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [subentry #5] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- tablespaces (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- templates, using (Administrator's Guide)
- troubleshooting (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- using (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Welcome page (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- and the Global Services Daemon (GSD) (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- creating views for Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- manageability in Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- no separate Workspace Manager installation required (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- server parameter file and default location (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- database configuration type
- selecting (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- database configuration types (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- database connection
- connection property (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- error messages (Getting Started for Windows)
- for object applications (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Database Connection event (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- Database Connection Options page (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- database connection, verify (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- database connections
- [entry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- Recovery Manager
- auxiliary database (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- hiding passwords (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters configuration (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- with a catalog (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- without a catalog (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- SYSDBA required for RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- types in RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- database design
- providing information for (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- database directory (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- database domain membership (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- database event notifications (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Database Features page (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- database file multi-block read count (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- database files
- deleting (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- recovering (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- database ID (DBID)
- changing (Utilities)
- Database Identification page (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- database identifier
- changing (Utilities)
- database incarnation (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- database initialization (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- database initialization parameter
- BUFFER_POOL_KEEP (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- BUFFER_POOL_RECYCLE (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- DB_BLOCK_SIZE (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- DB_CACHE_SIZE (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- LARGE_POOL_SIZE (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- LOG_BUFFER (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- setting (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- SHARED_POOL_RESERVED_SIZE (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- SHARED_POOL_SIZE (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- database instance performance ratios (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- [entry #2] (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- block changes per transaction (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- block get rate (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- cache hit ratio (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- call rate (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- calls per transaction (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- changed block ratio (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- continue row ratio (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- library cache miss ratio (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- most useful (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- presenting graphically (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- recursive to user call ratio (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- redo log space wait ratio (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- row source ratio (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- scaling dynamically (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- sort overflow ratio (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- transaction rate (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- user call rate (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- user calls per parse (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- user rollback ratio (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- using a sufficient sample for (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- database instance registration
- client load balancing (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- connect-time failover (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- database link
- creating (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- creating synonym for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- defining (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example using (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using for copy operations between databases (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- using in INSERT statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- where stored (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Database Links (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- database links
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- advantages (Administrator's Guide)
- auditing (Administrator's Guide)
- authentication (Administrator's Guide)
- without passwords (Administrator's Guide)
- closing (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- connected user (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- advantages and disadvantages (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- connection qualifiers (Advanced Replication)
- connections
- controlling (Administrator's Guide)
- determining open (Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #8] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #9] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #10] (Replication Management API Reference)
- connected user (Administrator's Guide)
- connected user (Administrator's Guide)
- connected user, shared (Administrator's Guide)
- current user (Administrator's Guide)
- current user (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- fixed user (Administrator's Guide)
- fixed user (Administrator's Guide)
- fixed user, shared (Administrator's Guide)
- obtaining necessary privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- private (Administrator's Guide)
- public (Administrator's Guide)
- scenarios (Administrator's Guide)
- shared (Administrator's Guide)
- shared (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying types (Administrator's Guide)
- creating synonyms with (SQL Reference)
- current user (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Security Overview)
- advantages and disadvantages (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- data dictionary views
- ALL (Administrator's Guide)
- ALL (Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DB_LINKS (Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DB_LINKS (Administrator's Guide)
- USER (Administrator's Guide)
- USER (Administrator's Guide)
- USER (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- diagnosing problems with (Advanced Replication)
- distributed queries (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- enforcing global naming (Administrator's Guide)
- enterprise users and (Administrator's Guide)
- fixed user (Administrator's Guide)
- advantages and disadvantages (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- global
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- global database link (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- global names (Administrator's Guide)
- global object names (Administrator's Guide)
- granting system privileges on (SQL Reference)
- handling errors (Administrator's Guide)
- heterogeneous systems (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- incomplete specifications (Advanced Replication)
- job queues and (Administrator's Guide)
- limiting number of connections (Administrator's Guide)
- listing (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- managing (Administrator's Guide)
- materialized view sites (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- minimizing network connections (Administrator's Guide)
- name resolution (Administrator's Guide)
- schema objects (Administrator's Guide)
- views, synonyms, and procedures (Administrator's Guide)
- when global database name is complete (Administrator's Guide)
- when global database name is partial (Administrator's Guide)
- when no global database name is specified (Administrator's Guide)
- names for (Administrator's Guide)
- naming (SQL Reference)
- Oracle Streams (Streams)
- passwords, viewing (Administrator's Guide)
- private
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- private database (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- public
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- public database (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- referential integrity in (Administrator's Guide)
- referring to (SQL Reference)
- remote queries (Administrator's Guide)
- remote transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- removing from the database (SQL Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- Replication Management tool (Advanced Replication)
- resolution (Administrator's Guide)
- restrictions (Administrator's Guide)
- roles on remote database (Administrator's Guide)
- scheduled links (Advanced Replication)
- schema objects (Administrator's Guide)
- name resolution (Administrator's Guide)
- synonyms for (Administrator's Guide)
- service names used within link names (Administrator's Guide)
- shared (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- configuring (Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- creating links to dedicated servers (Administrator's Guide)
- creating links to shared servers (Administrator's Guide)
- determining whether to use (Administrator's Guide)
- shared SQL (Administrator's Guide)
- syntax (SQL Reference)
- tuning distributed queries (Administrator's Guide)
- tuning queries with hints (Administrator's Guide)
- tuning using collocated inline views (Administrator's Guide)
- types of links (Administrator's Guide)
- types of users (Administrator's Guide)
- username and password (SQL Reference)
- users
- specifying (Administrator's Guide)
- using cost-based optimization (Administrator's Guide)
- using in DELETE statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using in INSERT statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using in UPDATE statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- viewing (Administrator's Guide)
- with Microsoft Transaction Server (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- with Windows 2000 (Security and Network Integration Guide for Windows)
- with Windows NT 4.0 (Security and Network Integration Guide for Windows)
- database listener port address (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- Database Management (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- database management system (DBMS)
- object-relational DBMS (Concepts)
- principles (Concepts)
- database meta data methods, JDBC 2.0 result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- database migration
- definition (Migration)
- overview (Migration)
- overview for replication (Migration)
- partitioning of (Utilities)
- scripts (Reference)
- terminology (Migration)
- using Export/Import (Migration)
- database monitoring
- using Performance Monitor (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- with alert files (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- with Event Viewer (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- with trace files (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- database name (DBNAME)
- changing (Utilities)
- database name at startup (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- database object (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- attribute (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- database user (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- editing (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- instance object (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- public synonym (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- rule (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- schema object (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- tablespace (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- viewing (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- database object metadata (Concepts)
- database objects
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- exporting LONG columns (Utilities)
- extracting metadata of (Utilities)
- loading (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- nonschema (SQL Reference)
- schema (SQL Reference)
- database operator privileges
- for a single database on a computer (Security and Network Integration Guide for Windows)
- for all databases on a computer (Security and Network Integration Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Security and Network Integration Guide for Windows)
- database options (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- Database page. See Collect Options property sheet. (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Database Parameters View
- opening (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- database password verifier (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- database point-in-time recovery (DBPITR)
- definition (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- user-managed (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- database privileges
- in Windows NT local groups (Security and Network Integration Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Security and Network Integration Guide for Windows)
- Advanced Replication support (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- Database Resource Manager
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (New Features)
- active session pool with queuing (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- administering system privilege (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- and operating system control (Concepts)
- and performance (Concepts)
- automatic consumer group switching (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- CREATE_SIMPLE_PLAN procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- description (Administrator's Guide)
- enabling (Administrator's Guide)
- execution time limit (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- introduction (Concepts)
- managing resource consumer groups (Administrator's Guide)
- changing resource consumer groups (Administrator's Guide)
- granting the switch privilege (Administrator's Guide)
- granting the switch privilege (Administrator's Guide)
- revoking the switch privilege (Administrator's Guide)
- setting initial resource consumer group (Administrator's Guide)
- switching a session (Administrator's Guide)
- switching sessions for a user (Administrator's Guide)
- multiple level CPU resource allocation (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- pending area (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- resource allocation methods (Administrator's Guide)
- ACTIVE_SESS_POOL_MTH (Administrator's Guide)
- CPU resource (Administrator's Guide)
- EMPHASIS (Administrator's Guide)
- limiting degree of parallelism (Administrator's Guide)
- PARALLEL_DEGREE_LIMIT_ABSOLUTE (Administrator's Guide)
- PARALLEL_DEGREE_LIMIT_MTH (Administrator's Guide)
- QUEUEING_MTH (Administrator's Guide)
- ROUND-ROBIN (Administrator's Guide)
- resource consumer groups (Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- DEFAULT_CONSUMER_GROUP (Administrator's Guide)
- DEFAULT_CONSUMER_GROUP (Administrator's Guide)
- DEFAULT_CONSUMER_GROUP (Administrator's Guide)
- DEFAULT_CONSUMER_GROUP (Administrator's Guide)
- deleting (Administrator's Guide)
- LOW_GROUP (Administrator's Guide)
- LOW_GROUP (Administrator's Guide)
- managing (Administrator's Guide)
- managing (Administrator's Guide)
- OTHER_GROUPS (Administrator's Guide)
- OTHER_GROUPS (Administrator's Guide)
- OTHER_GROUPS (Administrator's Guide)
- OTHER_GROUPS (Administrator's Guide)
- OTHER_GROUPS (Administrator's Guide)
- parameters (Administrator's Guide)
- SYS_GROUP (Administrator's Guide)
- SYS_GROUP (Administrator's Guide)
- updating (Administrator's Guide)
- resource plan directives (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- deleting (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying (Administrator's Guide)
- updating (Administrator's Guide)
- resource plans (Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- DELETE_PLAN_CASCADE (Administrator's Guide)
- deleting (Administrator's Guide)
- examples (Administrator's Guide)
- examples (Administrator's Guide)
- parameters (Administrator's Guide)
- plan schemas (Administrator's Guide)
- plan schemas (Administrator's Guide)
- plan schemas (Administrator's Guide)
- plan schemas (Administrator's Guide)
- plan schemas (Administrator's Guide)
- plan schemas (Concepts)
- subplans (Administrator's Guide)
- subplans (Administrator's Guide)
- subplans (Administrator's Guide)
- SYSTEM_PLAN (Administrator's Guide)
- SYSTEM_PLAN (Administrator's Guide)
- SYSTEM_PLAN (Administrator's Guide)
- top plan (Administrator's Guide)
- top plan (Administrator's Guide)
- top plan (Administrator's Guide)
- updating (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying a parallel degree limit (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- terminology (Concepts)
- undo pool (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- used for quiescing a database (Administrator's Guide)
- validating plan schema changes (Administrator's Guide)
- views (Administrator's Guide)
- database resource properties
- definition (Data Guard Broker)
- setting values for switchover operations (Data Guard Broker)
- database resources
- connecting to (Data Guard Broker)
- creating and adding to a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- dependencies (Data Guard Broker)
- discovering (Data Guard Broker)
- dynamic migration (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- installation for broker management (Data Guard Broker)
- logical object (Data Guard Broker)
- monitoring (Data Guard Broker)
- objects
- definition (Data Guard Broker)
- in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- overview (Data Guard Broker)
- prerequisites for broker configurations (Data Guard Broker)
- properties
- configurable (Data Guard Broker)
- definition (Data Guard Broker)
- property management (Data Guard Broker)
- property pages (Data Guard Broker)
- restarting after a failover (Data Guard Broker)
- starting the standby database instance (Data Guard Broker)
- states (Data Guard Broker)
- dependencies (Data Guard Broker)
- online substates (Data Guard Broker)
- transitions (Data Guard Broker)
- transitions (Data Guard Broker)
- substates (Data Guard Broker)
- database roles
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- granting limited SYS privileges (Getting Started for Windows)
- LOGSTDBY_ADMINISTRATOR (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- of default accounts (Getting Started for Windows)
- primary (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- role management services (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- role reversals (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SELECT_CATALOG_ROLE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- transition (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Database Scan Summary Report (Globalization Support Guide)
- database schema
- generating reports (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- database schema mappings (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- database schema objects (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- database schemas
- designing for multiple languages (Globalization Support Guide)
- database security
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- authorities (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- overview (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- user profiles (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- database security options (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- database security, managing (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- database server configuration
- access control (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- allocating resources with shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- creating a repository for Oracle Names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- discovering Oracle Names servers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- log files (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- loopback tests (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- region database for Oracle Names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- starting the database (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- trace files (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- database server connections
- methods (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- syntax (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- database server testing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- database service registration (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- database services (database connect descriptors) (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Database Services tab in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- database session (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- database sites
- See (Data Guard Broker)
- database statistics (Performance Planning)
- Database Storage page (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- database structures
- control files (Concepts)
- data blocks (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- data dictionary (Concepts)
- datafiles (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- extents (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- memory (Concepts)
- processes (Concepts)
- redo log files (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- revealing with rowids (Concepts)
- schema objects (Concepts)
- segments (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- tablespaces (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- database tables
- creating for DBMS_TRACE (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Database Templates page (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- database tier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- configuration (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- database tools
- administration (Getting Started for Windows)
- operating system compatibility (Getting Started for Windows)
- starting from the command line (Getting Started for Windows)
- starting from the Start Menu (Getting Started for Windows)
- starting in multiple Oracle Homes (Getting Started for Windows)
- database triggers (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- and information management (Concepts)
- autonomous (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- calling Java from (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- See also triggers (Concepts)
- database triggers. (SQL Reference)
- database tuning (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- initial configuration (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- issues (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- process (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- resolving issues (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- tasks (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- database tuning. See also performance tuning. (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- database types
- new (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Database Upgrade Assistant
- advantages (Migration)
- running (Migration)
- database URL
- including userid and password (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- database URL, specifying (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- database user
- as database object (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- database users
- enrolling (Administrator's Guide)
- Database Users category
- of Database class (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- database writer (Administrator's Guide)
- database writer (DBWR) (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- database writer process
- calculating checksums for data blocks (Administrator's Guide)
- database writer process (DBWn) (Concepts)
- checkpoints (Concepts)
- defined (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- least recently used algorithm (LRU) (Concepts)
- media failure (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- multiple DBWn processes (Concepts)
- trace file (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- tuning (Data Warehousing Guide)
- when active (Concepts)
- write-ahead (Concepts)
- writing to disk at checkpoints (Concepts)
- database writer process (DBWR)
- checkpoint (Reference)
- database writer processes
- and checkpoints (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- improving performance of (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- DatabaseMetaData calls (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DatabaseMetaData class (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- entry points for applets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- databases
- access control
- password encryption (Concepts)
- security domains (Concepts)
- accounts
- creating (SQL Reference)
- administering (Administrator's Guide)
- administration of distributed (Administrator's Guide)
- allowing generation of redo logs (SQL Reference)
- allowing reuse of control files (SQL Reference)
- allowing unlimited resources to users (SQL Reference)
- altering availability (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- archive mode
- specifying (SQL Reference)
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- auditing (Administrator's Guide)
- backing up (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- after creation of (Administrator's Guide)
- using Recovery Manager (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- backing up for upgrading (Migration)
- block size (Reference)
- blocks
- specifying size (SQL Reference)
- buffers (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- cache
- buffers in (SQL Reference)
- cancel-based recovery (SQL Reference)
- terminating (SQL Reference)
- cascading standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- change-based recovery (SQL Reference)
- changing character set (SQL Reference)
- changing characteristics (SQL Reference)
- changing global name (SQL Reference)
- changing name (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- changing the database ID (Utilities)
- changing the name (Utilities)
- character set (SQL Reference)
- character set options (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- character sets
- changing (SQL Reference)
- specifying (SQL Reference)
- clone database (Concepts)
- closing (Concepts)
- aborting the instance (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- terminating the instance (Concepts)
- committing to standby status (SQL Reference)
- comparison with directories (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- configuring (Concepts)
- configuring options using DBCA (Administrator's Guide)
- connect strings (SQL Reference)
- connecting to (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- connecting to default (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- connecting to remote (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- contain schemas (Concepts)
- control files of (Administrator's Guide)
- controlling (SQL Reference)
- controlling use (SQL Reference)
- converting from Oracle7 data dictionary (SQL Reference)
- copying data between (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copying data between tables on a single (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- create script for (SQL Reference)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- opening and (Administrator's Guide)
- creating duplicate
- on a remote host (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- creating manually (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- creating using DBCA (Administrator's Guide)
- creation parameters (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- creation with Installer (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- data units (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- database limits (Reference)
- default language (Reference)
- default temporary tablespace, specifying (Administrator's Guide)
- deleting (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- deleting using DBCA (Administrator's Guide)
- describing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- design of
- implementing (Administrator's Guide)
- disconnecting without leaving SQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- distributed
- changing global database name (Concepts)
- nodes of, definition (Concepts)
- site autonomy of (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed statement optimization on (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- distributed, definition (Concepts)
- distribution (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- downgrading (Migration)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- entry format (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- event notifications (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- exporting (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- exporting entire (Utilities)
- failover operations and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- full import (Utilities)
- global database name, about (Administrator's Guide)
- global database names in distributed systems (Administrator's Guide)
- hardware evaluation (Administrator's Guide)
- identifier (DBID) (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- importing (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- incarnations (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- limitations on usage (Concepts)
- links, definition (Concepts)
- listing for backups (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- location of initial datafile (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- logical standby (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- logical structure of (Administrator's Guide)
- media recovery procedures (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [subentry #2] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- media recovery scenarios (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- Microsoft SQL Server (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- modes of archiving (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- monitoring (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- mounting (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- mounting a database (Administrator's Guide)
- mounting to an instance (Administrator's Guide)
- name (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- name stored in control file (Concepts)
- names, about (Administrator's Guide)
- names, conflicts in (Administrator's Guide)
- naming (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- naming conventions (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- national character set options (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- open and closed (Concepts)
- opening (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- acquiring rollback segments (Concepts)
- opening a closed database (Administrator's Guide)
- opening read-only (Concepts)
- optimization on distributed statement (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- password encryption (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- physical standby (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- physical structure (Administrator's Guide)
- physical structure of (Administrator's Guide)
- planning (Administrator's Guide)
- primary See primary database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- privileges for exporting (Utilities)
- production (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- quiescing (Administrator's Guide)
- read-only, opening (Administrator's Guide)
- read-to-write ratio (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- recovering (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- recovery (Administrator's Guide)
- after control file damage (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- after OPEN RESETLOGS option (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- reducing fragmentation (Utilities)
- registering in recovery catalog (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- renaming (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- resource limits (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- restricting access (Administrator's Guide)
- resuming (Administrator's Guide)
- reusing existing datafiles
- Import (Utilities)
- role transition and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- scalability (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- security. (Administrator's Guide)
- shutting down (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- [subentry #4] (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #5] (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #6] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #7] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- size (Performance Planning)
- specifying control files (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL.BSQ file options (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- standby (Concepts)
- starting (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- starting up (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- forced (Concepts)
- structure of
- distributed database (Administrator's Guide)
- structures
- control files (Concepts)
- data blocks (Concepts)
- data blocks (Concepts)
- data dictionary (Concepts)
- datafiles (Concepts)
- datafiles (Concepts)
- extents (Concepts)
- extents (Concepts)
- logical (Concepts)
- memory (Concepts)
- processes (Concepts)
- redo log files (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- revealing with rowids (Concepts)
- schema objects (Concepts)
- segments (Concepts)
- segments (Concepts)
- tablespaces (Concepts)
- tablespaces (Concepts)
- surviving disasters and data corruptions (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- suspending (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [subentry #3] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- templates (DBCA) (Administrator's Guide)
- test (Administrator's Guide)
- test upgrade results (Migration)
- troubleshooting creation problems (Administrator's Guide)
- tuning
- archiving large databases (Administrator's Guide)
- responsibilities for (Administrator's Guide)
- tuning after upgrading (Migration)
- undo management (Administrator's Guide)
- unregistering in recovery catalog (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- upgrading (Administrator's Guide)
- user authentication (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- user authorization (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- user responsibilities (Administrator's Guide)
- valid characters for database name (Reference)
- viewing datafiles and redo log files (Administrator's Guide)
- with locally managed tablespaces (Administrator's Guide)
- Databases folder
- Navigator tree (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- databases, creating additional (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DATABASE_PROPERTIES view
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- name of default temporary tablespace (Administrator's Guide)
- DATAFILE clause
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- of CREATE DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- DATAFILE clauses
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- statements requiring exclusive access (SQL Reference)
- datafile copies
- backing up using RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- DATAFILE END BACKUP clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- DATAFILE OFFLINE clause
- DATAFILE ONLINE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- datafile operations, Storage Management (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- datafile recovery
- definition (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- DATAFILE RESIZE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- datafiles
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- access for instance recovery (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- adding (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- adding to a tablespace (Administrator's Guide)
- adding to primary database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- allocating extents (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- and the DBCA (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- backing up (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- offline (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- using Recovery Manager (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- using Recovery Manager (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- using Recovery Manager (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- using Recovery Manager (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- using Recovery Manager (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- using Recovery Manager (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- backups needed, listing (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- bringing online (SQL Reference)
- bringing online and offline (Administrator's Guide)
- cataloging (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- changing size of (SQL Reference)
- checking associated tablespaces (Administrator's Guide)
- compatibility (Migration)
- contents of (Concepts)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- creating as Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- creating new (SQL Reference)
- data dictionary (Concepts)
- database administrators access (Administrator's Guide)
- datafile 1 (Concepts)
- SYSTEM tablespace (Concepts)
- default directory (Administrator's Guide)
- defining for a tablespace (SQL Reference)
- defining for a temporary tablespace (SQL Reference)
- defining for the database (SQL Reference)
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- deleting (Administrator's Guide)
- deleting from the primary database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- described (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- designing media recovery (SQL Reference)
- determining status (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- dropping Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- duplicate database (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- enabling autoextend (SQL Reference)
- end online backup of (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- extending automatically (SQL Reference)
- file numbers (Administrator's Guide)
- fully specifying filenames (Administrator's Guide)
- guidelines for managing (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- identifying filenames (Administrator's Guide)
- in online or offline tablespaces (Concepts)
- instance recovery (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- listing
- for backup (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- unrecoverable (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- location (Administrator's Guide)
- losing (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- in ARCHIVELOG mode (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- in NOARCHIVELOG mode (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- mapping blocks to PCM locks (Reference)
- mapping files to physical devices (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- mapping locks to blocks (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- mapping to logical volumes and physical devices (SQL Reference)
- maximum number (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- minimum number of (Administrator's Guide)
- MISSING (Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring using views (Administrator's Guide)
- multiple files for each table (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- named in control files (Concepts)
- offline backups (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- offline during upgrade (Migration)
- online (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- online backup of (SQL Reference)
- online backups (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- overview of (Concepts)
- parameter (Reference)
- preventing overwrite during import (Utilities)
- putting online (SQL Reference)
- raw devices (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- re-creating (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- re-creating lost or damaged (SQL Reference)
- read-only (Concepts)
- recovery (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- recover damaged (SQL Reference)
- recovering (SQL Reference)
- recovery
- basic steps (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- determining when necessary (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- without backup (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- relationship to tablespaces (Concepts)
- relocating (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- relocating, example (Administrator's Guide)
- renaming (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- after recovery (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- renaming for single tables (Administrator's Guide)
- renaming on the primary database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- renaming standby manually (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- resizing (SQL Reference)
- restoring (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- to default location (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- using nondefault filenames (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- reusing (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- reusing during import (Utilities)
- shared (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- shown in ROWIDs (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- shown in rowids (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- size of (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- specifying (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- for a tablespace (SQL Reference)
- specifying buffering for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- specifying for database (SQL Reference)
- specifying for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- specifying format for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- statements to create (Administrator's Guide)
- storing separately from redo log files (Administrator's Guide)
- system generated (SQL Reference)
- SYSTEM tablespace (Concepts)
- taking offline (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- taking out of backup mode (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- temporary (Concepts)
- unavailable when database is opened (Administrator's Guide)
- unspecified for locks (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- unspecified for PCM locks (Reference)
- V$DBFILE and V$LOGFILE views (Administrator's Guide)
- verification (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- verifying data blocks (Administrator's Guide)
- DATAFILES parameter
- for Import utility (Utilities)
- datagram, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DataProvider objects
- creating (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- needed to create MdmMetadataProvider (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- datastore
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- datastore types (Text Reference)
- DataTable (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- datatype
- internal versus external (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- datatype classes (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- datatype codes (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- defined (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- list of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- datatype conversion
- between internal and external types (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- data loss and exceptions (Globalization Support Guide)
- implicit (Globalization Support Guide)
- SQL functions (Globalization Support Guide)
- datatype conversions (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- datatype equivalencing (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- advantages (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- guidelines (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- datatype mappings (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- -builtintypes option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- -compatible option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- -lobtypes option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- -mapping option (deprecated) (JPublisher User's Guide)
- -numbertypes option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- -usertypes option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- allowed object attribute types (JPublisher User's Guide)
- BigDecimal mapping (JPublisher User's Guide)
- datatype tables (JPublisher User's Guide)
- details of use (JPublisher User's Guide)
- indexed-by table support (general) (JPublisher User's Guide)
- indexed-by table support with JDBC OCI (JPublisher User's Guide)
- JDBC mapping (JPublisher User's Guide)
- mapping to alternative class (subclass), syntax (JPublisher User's Guide)
- Object JDBC mapping (JPublisher User's Guide)
- OPAQUE type support (JPublisher User's Guide)
- Oracle mapping (JPublisher User's Guide)
- overview (JPublisher User's Guide)
- PL/SQL conversion functions (JPublisher User's Guide)
- RECORD type support (JPublisher User's Guide)
- relevant options (JPublisher User's Guide)
- sample program (JPublisher User's Guide)
- using types not supported by JDBC (JPublisher User's Guide)
- using types not supported by JDBC, 2-7 (JPublisher User's Guide)
- using types not supported by JDBC, sample program (JPublisher User's Guide)
- datatypes (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #6] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- "Any" types (SQL Reference)
- abstract (Globalization Support Guide)
- allowed in replicated tables (Advanced Replication)
- ANSI (Concepts)
- ANSI DATE (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- ANSI-supported (SQL Reference)
- ANSI/ISO (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- applied (Streams)
- array types (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- associating statistics with (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- BFILE (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Export (Utilities)
- Import (Utilities)
- BINARY_INTEGER (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- binding and defining (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- BLOB (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- BLOBs (binary large objects) (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- BOOLEAN (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- built-in (SQL Reference)
- BYTEINT (Utilities)
- captured (Streams)
- CHAR (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- [subentry #4] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #6] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #7] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #8] (Utilities)
- character (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- choosing a character datatype (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CLOB (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- datafiles (SQL Reference)
- designing media recovery (SQL Reference)
- ending backup of (SQL Reference)
- erasing all data from (SQL Reference)
- events (SQL Reference)
- granting system privileges on (SQL Reference)
- in FORCE LOGGING mode (SQL Reference)
- in FORCE LOGGING mode (SQL Reference)
- in FORCE LOGGING mode (SQL Reference)
- instances of (SQL Reference)
- limiting resources for users (SQL Reference)
- log files (SQL Reference)
- managed recovery (SQL Reference)
- modifying (SQL Reference)
- mounting (SQL Reference)
- mounting (SQL Reference)
- moving a subset to a different database (SQL Reference)
- naming (SQL Reference)
- national character set (SQL Reference)
- no-data-loss mode (SQL Reference)
- online (SQL Reference)
- opening (SQL Reference)
- opening (SQL Reference)
- prepare to re-create (SQL Reference)
- preventing changes to (SQL Reference)
- protection mode of (SQL Reference)
- quiesced state (SQL Reference)
- re-creating control file for (SQL Reference)
- read-only (SQL Reference)
- read/write (SQL Reference)
- reconstructing damaged (SQL Reference)
- recovering (SQL Reference)
- recovering (SQL Reference)
- recovery (SQL Reference)
- remote (SQL Reference)
- resetting (SQL Reference)
- restricting users to read-only transactions (SQL Reference)
- resuming activity (SQL Reference)
- standby (SQL Reference)
- suspending activity (SQL Reference)
- system user passwords (SQL Reference)
- tempfiles (SQL Reference)
- time zone (SQL Reference)
- time-based recovery (SQL Reference)
- upgrading (SQL Reference)
- COBOL (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- codes used in descriptors (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- coercing NUMBER to VARCHAR2 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- collection (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- collections (Concepts)
- column lengths for character types (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- command-line option (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- comparison rules (SQL Reference)
- compatibility (Migration)
- conflicting character datatype fields (Utilities)
- constrained (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- conversions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- conversions of
- by program interface (Concepts)
- non-Oracle types (Concepts)
- Oracle to another Oracle type (Concepts)
- converting SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- converting to collection-typed values (SQL Reference)
- converting to LOBs FAQ (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- converting to other datatypes (SQL Reference)
- data conversion (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- DATE (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- [subentry #4] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #6] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Utilities)
- datetime (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- DB2 (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- DBMS_DESCRIBE (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dealing with ORACLE internal (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- dealing with Oracle internal (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECIMAL (Utilities)
- default in SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- describing for external table fields (Utilities)
- descriptor codes (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DESC_TAB (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- determining character field lengths for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- determining DATE length (Utilities)
- direct path loading (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DOUBLE (Utilities)
- equivalencing (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- description (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- equivalencing, purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- extensibility (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- external (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- families (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- FILE (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- filtering out unsupported from SQL apply operations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- FLOAT (Utilities)
- for piecewise operations (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- GRAPHIC (Utilities)
- GRAPHIC EXTERNAL (Utilities)
- heterogeneous environments (Streams)
- how they relate to tables (Concepts)
- identifying for external tables (Utilities)
- implicit conversion (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- in PL/SQL (Concepts)
- INTEGER (n) (Utilities)
- internal (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- internal codes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- internal versus external (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- interval (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- INTERVAL DAY TO SECOND (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Java (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Java native (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- JDBC (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- length semantics (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- length-value (Utilities)
- list of available (Concepts)
- list of internal (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- LOB datatypes (Concepts)
- BFILE (Concepts)
- BLOB (Concepts)
- CLOB and NCLOB (Concepts)
- LOBs
- external LOBs (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- internal LOBs (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LONG (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Reference)
- Export (Utilities)
- Import (Utilities)
- storage of (Concepts)
- LONG RAW (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- LONG VARRAW (Utilities)
- manipulating with OCI (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- mapping (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- mapping and manipulation functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- mapping from Oracle to C (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- mapping, Oracle methodology (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- mapping, OTT (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- mappings between Oracle datatypes and OLE DB types (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- mappings in rowsets and parameters (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- MDSYS.SDO_GEOMETRY (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- media types (SQL Reference)
- multimedia (Concepts)
- national character (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- native
- conflicting length specifications in SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- NCHAR (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #6] (SQL Reference)
- NCHAR and NVARCHAR2 (Concepts)
- NCLOB (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- need to coerce (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- nested tables (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- nonportable (Utilities)
- nonscalar (Utilities)
- NUMBER (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- NUMER (SQL Reference)
- numeric EXTERNAL (Utilities)
- NVARCHAR (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- NVARCHAR2 (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #6] (SQL Reference)
- object type (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- object types (Concepts)
- OLE DB (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- on logical standby databases
- supported (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- unsupported (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Oracle (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- Oracle SQL (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle-supplied types (SQL Reference)
- OTT mappings (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- overview (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- PL/SQL
- numeric codes for (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PL/SQL equivalents (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- PLS_INTEGER (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- portable (Utilities)
- RAW (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Utilities)
- RAW and LONG RAW (Concepts)
- RECORD (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- REF (relationship) (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- REF CURSOR (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- restrictions on using (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- ROWID (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- [subentry #4] (Concepts)
- [subentry #5] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #6] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #7] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #8] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- scalar versus composite (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- See also object types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- SMALLINT (Utilities)
- spatial type (SQL Reference)
- specifying the SQL*Loader datatype of a data field (Utilities)
- SQL/DS (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- summary (Concepts)
- summary of datatypes (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- supported (Globalization Support Guide)
- TABLE (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- TIMESTAMP (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIME ZONE (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- transient and generic (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- types
- external datatypes (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- external datatypes (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- internal datatypes (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- internal datatypes (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- URI (Concepts)
- UROWID (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- user-defined (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- user-defined and statistics (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- user-defined type equivalencing (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- value (Utilities)
- VARCHAR (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Utilities)
- VARCHAR2 (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- [subentry #4] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- VARCHARC (Utilities)
- VARGRAPHIC (Utilities)
- VARRAW (Utilities)
- VARRAWC (Utilities)
- VARRAY (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- when to reset (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- XML (Concepts)
- ZONED (Utilities)
- datatypes
- conversion (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQL (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- Datatypes, Specifying (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- DATA_LABEL function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DATE
- column definition from DESCRIBE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- external datatype (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- data conversion (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- date
- format conversion in updateXML() (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- format conversions for XML (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- mapping to SQL (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- DATE
- Oracle external datatype (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- DATE - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDTypeConstants.DATE (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- date and time data
- representing (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- date and time parameters (Globalization Support Guide)
- date arithmetic (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- functions for (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- date cache (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DATE_CACHE parameter (Utilities)
- external tables (Utilities)
- date cache feature
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- DATE class (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Date class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DATE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DATE column (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- DATE columns
- changing format (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- converting to datetime columns (SQL Reference)
- default format (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- date constraints
- checking for bad (Migration)
- date conversion
- for character strings (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- DATE data type (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- DATE datatype (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- arithmetic with (Concepts)
- centuries (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- changing default format of (Concepts)
- converting (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- data conversion (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- default format (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- delimited form and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- determining length (Utilities)
- julian (SQL Reference)
- Julian dates (Concepts)
- mask
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- midnight (Concepts)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- DATE datatypes
- external (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- internal format (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- date date types (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- date expressions (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- date folding
- with query rewrite (Data Warehousing Guide)
- date format models (SQL Reference)
- punctuation in (SQL Reference)
- text in (SQL Reference)
- date formats (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- and partition bound expressions (Globalization Support Guide)
- Heterogeneous Services (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- NLS_DATE_FORMAT (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- bin directory (Oracle Call Interface Developer's Guide for Windows)
- Borland support (Oracle Call Interface Developer's Guide for Windows)
- building OCI applications (Oracle Call Interface Developer's Guide for Windows)
- cdemomt.c (Oracle Call Interface Developer's Guide for Windows)
- compiling (Oracle Call Interface Developer's Guide for Windows)
- date functions (SQL Reference)
- Date OLAP API data type (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- DATE String Format
- explicit control over (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DATE, ANSI
- datatype (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- date, storing current in variable for titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- dates
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- arithmetic (SQL Reference)
- comparing with times (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- comparison rules (SQL Reference)
- converting (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- in arithmetic expressions (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- in text expressions (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- ISO standard (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- language used for (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Reference)
- NLS_DATE_LANGUAGE parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- reading (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- reading from files (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- setting SYSDATE (Reference)
- specifying in RMAN commands (Recovery Manager Reference)
- TO_CHAR default format (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- TO_CHAR function (Reference)
- TO_DATE function (Reference)
- datetime
- avoiding unexpected results (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- datetime and date
- migration rules (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- datetime arithmetic
- boundary cases (SQL Reference)
- calculating daylight savings time (SQL Reference)
- datetime columns
- creating from DATE columns (SQL Reference)
- DATETIME data type (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- DATETIME datatypes (Concepts)
- datetime datatypes (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
- daylight savings time (SQL Reference)
- datetime expressions (SQL Reference)
- datetime field
- extracting from a datetime or interval value (SQL Reference)
- datetime format elements (SQL Reference)
- and Globalization Support (SQL Reference)
- capitalization (SQL Reference)
- ISO standard (SQL Reference)
- RR (SQL Reference)
- suffixes (SQL Reference)
- datetime functions (SQL Reference)
- datetime literals (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- DATE_CACHE parameter
- for SQL*Loader utility (Utilities)
- DATE_FORMAT precompiler option (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DATE_OF_INSERT column
- TKPROF_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DATE_TIME - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDTypeConstants.DATE_TIME (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- datum
- geodetic (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- MDSYS.SDO_DATUMS table (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- transformation (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- DAY datetime format element (SQL Reference)
- daylight savings support (Concepts)
- daylight savings time (SQL Reference)
- boundary cases (SQL Reference)
- going into or coming out of effect (SQL Reference)
- days
- format element (Globalization Support Guide)
- language of names (Globalization Support Guide)
- DB Access Bean (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DB Alter application
- function of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- overview of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- DB BLOCK CHANGES in V$SYSSTAT (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- DB BLOCK GETS in V$SYSSTAT (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- db block gets statistic (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DB file scattered read wait events (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- actions (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DB file sequential read wait events
- actions (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DB file sequential/scattered read wait events (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- db identifier
- changing with DBNEWID (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- problems registering copied database (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- setting during disaster recovery (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- setting with DBNEWID (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- DB Propagate application
- function of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- overview of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- DB Quick Change application
- function of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- overview of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- DB2 (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DB2 compatibility features (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DB2 datatypes (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- conversion to Oracle datatypes (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- implicit conversion (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- restrictions on (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DB2 load utility
- placement of statements
- DISCARDDN (Utilities)
- DISCARDS (Utilities)
- restricted capabilities of SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- RESUME parameter (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader compatibility
- ignored statements (Utilities)
- DB2/400 V4R3 Architecture (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- DBA (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- iSQL*Plus access (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- mode (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- privilege (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DBA access (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DBA Login screen (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DBA management functionality
- Buffer Cache Size Advisor (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- comprehensive overview page (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- database reports (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- database version awareness (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- DB Search Capabilities (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- general information about databases (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- logging of database changes (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Long Running Operation (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Mean-Time-To-Recover (MTTR) Advisor (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- multi-column lists (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Program Global Area (PGA) Advisor (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- property sheets (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Right-Mouse Commands (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Shared Pool Size Advisor (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Show Dependencies (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- Show SQL (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- showing Object DDL (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- tree views (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- DBA role (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #5] (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- [entry #6] (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- EXP_FULL_DATABASE role (Utilities)
- user-defined types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- DBA Studio
- limitations (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- DBA tuning tips (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- DBA Work screen (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DBA. (Administrator's Guide)
- DBAccess (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DBAccess() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DBAccessBeanInfo (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DBAccessBeanInfo() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DBA_ views (Concepts)
- DBA_2PC_NEIGHBORS view (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- using to trace session tree (Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_2PC_PENDING data dictionary view (SQL Reference)
- DBA_2PC_PENDING view (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- using to list in-doubt transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_ALL_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_APPLICATION_ROLES view (Reference)
- DBA_APPLY view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Streams)
- [entry #4] (Streams)
- [entry #5] (Streams)
- [entry #6] (Streams)
- [entry #7] (Streams)
- [entry #8] (Streams)
- DBA_APPLY_CONFLICT_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- DBA_APPLY_DML_HANDLERS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- DBA_APPLY_ERROR view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Streams)
- [entry #4] (Streams)
- [entry #5] (Streams)
- architecture (Streams)
- ARCHIVELOG mode (Streams)
- [subentry #2] (Streams)
- [subentry #3] (Streams)
- [subentry #4] (Streams)
- [subentry #5] (Streams)
- automatic restart (Streams)
- builder server (Streams)
- captured events (Streams)
- captured SCN (Streams)
- changes captured (Streams)
- DDL changes (Streams)
- DML changes (Streams)
- NOLOGGING keyword (Streams)
- UNRECOVERABLE clause for SQL*Loader (Streams)
- UNRECOVERABLE keyword (Streams)
- configuring (Streams)
- creating (Streams)
- creation (Streams)
- data dictionary duplication (Streams)
- datatypes captured (Streams)
- DBID (Streams)
- [subentry #2] (Streams)
- DBNAME (Streams)
- logical change records (LCRs) (Streams)
- low-watermark (Streams)
- managing (Streams)
- message handlers (Streams)
- monitoring (Streams)
- non-LCR events (Streams)
- oldest SCN (Streams)
- options (Streams)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters (Streams)
- parallelism (Streams)
- parameters (Streams)
- persistent state (Streams)
- reader server (Streams)
- RESTRICTED SESSION (Streams)
- row migration (Streams)
- row subsetting (Streams)
- row subsetting (Streams)
- rule set (Streams)
- rules (Streams)
- rules (Streams)
- starting (Streams)
- stopping (Streams)
- substitute key columns (Streams)
- tables (Streams)
- tags (Streams)
- trace files (Streams)
- transformations (Streams)
- triggers (Streams)
- troubleshooting (Streams)
- dropping (Streams)
- heterogeneous environments (Streams)
- log sequence number (Streams)
- LogMiner (Streams)
- alternate tablespace for (Streams)
- alternate tablespace for (Streams)
- multiple sessions (Streams)
- LOGMNR_MAX_PERSISTENT_SESSIONS initialization parameter (Streams)
- managing (Streams)
- monitoring (Streams)
- applied SCN (Streams)
- latency (Streams)
- latency (Streams)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters (Streams)
- parameters (Streams)
- disable_on_limit (Streams)
- message_limit (Streams)
- parallelism (Streams)
- setting (Streams)
- time_limit (Streams)
- persistent state (Streams)
- preparer servers (Streams)
- re-enqueue events (Streams)
- reader server (Streams)
- redo logs (Streams)
- RESTRICTED SESSION (Streams)
- rule evaluation (Streams)
- rule set
- removing (Streams)
- specifying (Streams)
- rules (Streams)
- [subentry #2] (Streams)
- adding (Streams)
- removing (Streams)
- start SCN (Streams)
- [subentry #2] (Streams)
- setting (Streams)
- starting (Streams)
- stopping (Streams)
- supplemental logging (Streams)
- specifying (Streams)
- SYS schema (Streams)
- [subentry #2] (Streams)
- SYSTEM schema (Streams)
- [subentry #2] (Streams)
- trace files (Streams)
- transformations
- rule-based (Streams)
- troubleshooting (Streams)
- checking progress (Streams)
- checking status (Streams)
- log parallelism (Streams)
- persistent sessions (Streams)
- DBA_APPLY_INSTANTIATED_OBJECTS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- DBA_APPLY_KEY_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- DBA_APPLY_PARAMETERS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- DBA_APPLY_PROGRESS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- DBA_AQ_AGENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_AQ_AGENT_PRIVS view (Reference)
- DBA_ASSOCIATIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_ATTRIBUTE_TRANSFORMATIONS (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- DBA_ATTRIBUTE_TRANSFORMATIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_AUDIT_EXISTS view (Reference)
- DBA_AUDIT_OBJECT view (Reference)
- DBA_AUDIT_POLICIES view (Reference)
- DBA_AUDIT_SESSION view (Reference)
- DBA_AUDIT_STATEMENT view (Reference)
- DBA_AUDIT_TRAIL view (Reference)
- DBA_AWS view (Reference)
- DBA_AW_PS view (Reference)
- DBA_BASE_TABLE_MVIEWS view (Reference)
- DBA_BLOCKERS view (Reference)
- DBA_CAPTURE view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Streams)
- [entry #4] (Streams)
- DBA_CAPTURE_PARAMETERS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- DBA_CAPTURE_PREPARED_DATABASE view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- DBA_CAPTURE_PREPARED_SCHEMAS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- DBA_CAPTURE_PREPARED_TABLES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- DBA_CATALOG view (Reference)
- DBA_CLUSTERS view (Reference)
- DBA_CLUSTER_HASH_EXPRESSIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_CLU_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_COLL_TYPES view (Reference)
- DBA_COL_COMMENTS data dictionary view (SQL Reference)
- DBA_COL_COMMENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_COL_PRIVS view (Reference)
- DBA_CONSTRAINTS view (Reference)
- DBA_CONS_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_CONS_OBJ_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_CONTEXT view (Reference)
- DBA_DATA_FILES (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- DBA_DATA_FILES view (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- [entry #5] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #6] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #7] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [entry #8] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- [entry #9] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- DBA_DB_LINKS view (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- DBA_DDL_LOCKS view (Reference)
- DBA_DEPENDENCIES view (Reference)
- DBA_DIMENSIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_DIM_ATTRIBUTES view (Reference)
- DBA_DIM_CHILD_OF view (Reference)
- DBA_DIM_HIERARCHIES view (Reference)
- DBA_DIM_JOIN_KEY view (Reference)
- DBA_DIM_LEVELS view (Reference)
- DBA_DIM_LEVEL_KEY view (Reference)
- DBA_DIRECTORIES view (Reference)
- DBA_DML_LOCKS view (Reference)
- DBA_DMT_FREE_SPACE view (Reference)
- DBA_DMT_USED_EXTENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_ERRORS view
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- debugging stored procedures (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- DBA_EVALUATION_CONTEXTS view (Reference)
- DBA_EVALUATION_CONTEXT_TABLES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- DBA_EVALUATION_CONTEXT_VARS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- DBA_EXP_FILES view (Reference)
- DBA_EXP_OBJECTS view (Reference)
- DBA_EXP_VERSION view (Reference)
- DBA_EXTENTS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBA_EXTERNAL_LOCATIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_EXTERNAL_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_FGA_AUDIT_TRAIL view (Reference)
- DBA_FREE_SPACE view (Reference)
- DBA_FREE_SPACE_COALESCED view (Reference)
- DBA_INDEXES view (Reference)
- collecting statistics for (Reference)
- DBA_INDEXTYPES view (Reference)
- DBA_INDEXTYPE_COMMENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_INDEXTYPE_OPERATORS view (Reference)
- DBA_IND_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_IND_EXPRESSIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_IND_PARTITIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_IND_SUBPARTITIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_INTERNAL_TRIGGERS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_ARGUMENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_CLASSES view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_DERIVATIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_FIELDS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_IMPLEMENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_INNERS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_LAYOUTS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_METHODS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_NCOMPS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_POLICY view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- DBA_JAVA_RESOLVERS view (Reference)
- DBA_JAVA_THROWS view (Reference)
- DBA_JOBS view
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- jobs in system, viewing (Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_JOBS_RUNNING
- running jobs, viewing (Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_JOBS_RUNNING view (Reference)
- DBA_JOIN_IND_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_KGLLOCK view (Reference)
- DBA_LIBRARIES view (Reference)
- DBA_LMT_FREE_SPACE view (Reference)
- DBA_LMT_USED_EXTENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_LOBS view (Reference)
- DBA_LOB_PARTITIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_LOB_SUBPARTITIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_LOB_TEMPLATES view (Reference)
- DBA_LOCK view (Reference)
- DBA_LOCKS synonym (Reference)
- DBA_LOCKS synonym for DBA_LOCK view (Reference)
- DBA_LOCK_INTERNAL view (Reference)
- DBA_LOGSTDBY_EVENTS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_LOGSTDBY_LOG view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- listing archived redo logs (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_LOGSTDBY_NOT_UNIQUE view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_LOGSTDBY_PARAMETERS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_LOGSTDBY_PROGRESS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- log apply service and LSP progress (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- querying SCN information and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_LOGSTDBY_SKIP view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_LOGSTDBY_SKIP_TRANSACTION view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_LOGSTDBY_UNSUPPORTED view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_LOG_GROUPS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- DBA_LOG_GROUP_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_METHOD_PARAMS view (Reference)
- DBA_METHOD_RESULTS view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEWS view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_AGGREGATES view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_ANALYSIS view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_DETAIL_RELATIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_JOINS view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_KEYS view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_LOGS view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_LOG_FILTER_COLS view (Reference)
- DBA_MVIEW_REFRESH_TIMES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- DBA_NESTED_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_OBJECTS view (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_OBJECT_SIZE view (Reference)
- DBA_OBJECT_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_OBJ_AUDIT_OPTS view (Reference)
- DBA_OBJ_COLATTRS view (Reference)
- DBA_OPANCILLARY view (Reference)
- DBA_OPARGUMENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_OPBINDINGS view (Reference)
- DBA_OPERATORS view (Reference)
- DBA_OPERATOR_COMMENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_OUTLINES view (Reference)
- DBA_OUTLINE_HINTS view (Reference)
- DBA_PARTIAL_DROP_TABS view (Reference)
- DBA_PART_COL_STATISTICS view (Reference)
- DBA_PART_HISTOGRAMS view (Reference)
- DBA_PART_INDEXES view (Reference)
- DBA_PART_KEY_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_PART_LOBS view (Reference)
- DBA_PART_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_PENDING_CONV_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_PENDING_TRANSACTIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_POLICIES view (Reference)
- DBA_policyname_AUDIT_TRAIL view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_POLICY_CONTEXTS view (Reference)
- DBA_POLICY_GROUPS view (Reference)
- DBA_PRIV_AUDIT_OPTS view (Reference)
- DBA_PROCEDURES view (Reference)
- DBA_PROFILES view (Reference)
- DBA_PROPAGATION view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Streams)
- [entry #4] (Streams)
- [entry #5] (Streams)
- [entry #6] (Streams)
- [entry #7] (Streams)
- DBA_PROXIES view (Reference)
- DBA_PUBLISHED_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_QUEUES (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- DBA_QUEUES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Streams)
- [entry #4] (Streams)
- DBA_QUEUE_TABLES (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- analyzing table and instance affinity in advanced queuing (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- DBA_QUEUE_TABLES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- DBA_RCHILD view (Reference)
- DBA_REFRESH view (Reference)
- DBA_REFRESH_CHILDREN view (Reference)
- DBA_REFS view (Reference)
- DBA_REGISTERED_MVIEWS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- DBA_REGISTERED_MVIEW_GROUPS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REGISTRY view (Reference)
- DBA_REGISTRY_HIERARCHY view (Reference)
- DBA_REPAIR_TABLE view (Reference)
- DBA_REPAUDIT_ATTRIBUTE view (Reference)
- DBA_REPAUDIT_COLUMN view (Reference)
- DBA_REPCAT view (Reference)
- DBA_REPCATLOG view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- purging (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- purging requests from (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPCAT_EXCEPTIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_REPCAT_REFRESH_TEMPLATES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPCAT_TEMPLATE_OBJECTS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPCAT_TEMPLATE_PARMS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPCAT_TEMPLATE_SITES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPCAT_USER_AUTHORIZATIONS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPCAT_USER_PARM_VALUES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPCOLUMN view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPCOLUMN_GROUP view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- updating (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBA_REPCONFLICT view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPDDL view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPEXTENSIONS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPFLAVORS view (Reference)
- DBA_REPFLAVOR_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_REPFLAVOR_OBJECTS view (Reference)
- DBA_REPGENERATED view (Reference)
- DBA_REPGENOBJECTS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPGROUP view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- updating (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBA_REPGROUPED_COLUMN view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPGROUP_PRIVILEGES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPKEY_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPOBJECT view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- updating (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBA_REPPARAMETER_COLUMN view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPPRIORITY view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPPRIORITY_GROUP view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- updating (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBA_REPPROP view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPRESOLUTION view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- updating (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBA_REPRESOLUTION_METHOD view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPRESOLUTION_STATISTICS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- purging (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBA_REPRESOL_STATS_CONTROL view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_REPSCHEMA view (Reference)
- DBA_REPSITES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- updating (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBA_REPSITES_NEW view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DBA_RESUMABLE view (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_RGROUP view (Reference)
- DBA_ROLES view (Reference)
- DBA_ROLE_PRIVS view (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_ROLLBACK_SEGS data dictionary view (SQL Reference)
- DBA_ROLLBACK_SEGS view (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- public rollback segments (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- DBA_RSRC_CONSUMER_GROUPS view (Reference)
- DBA_RSRC_CONSUMER_GROUP_PRIVS view (Reference)
- DBA_RSRC_MANAGER_SYSTEM_PRIVS view (Reference)
- DBA_RSRC_PLANS view (Reference)
- DBA_RSRC_PLAN_DIRECTIVES view (Reference)
- DBA_RULES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Streams)
- [entry #4] (Streams)
- DBA_RULE_SETS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- DBA_RULE_SET_RULES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Streams)
- [entry #4] (Streams)
- DBA_SA_AUDIT_OPTIONS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_COMPARTMENTS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_DATA_LABELS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_GROUPS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_GROUP_HIERARCHY view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_LABELS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_LEVELS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_POLICIES view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_PROG_PRIVS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_SCHEMA_POLICIES view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_TABLE_POLICIES view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_USERS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_USER_COMPARTMENTS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_USER_GROUPS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_USER_LABELS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_USER_LEVELS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SA_USER_PRIVS view (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_SDO_GEOM_METADATA view (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- DBA_SDO_INDEX_INFO view (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- DBA_SDO_INDEX_METADATA view (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- DBA_SEGMENTS view (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_SEQUENCES view (Reference)
- DBA_SOURCE view (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_SOURCE_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_SQLJ_TYPES view (Reference)
- DBA_SQLJ_TYPE_ATTRS view (Reference)
- DBA_SQLJ_TYPE_METHODS view (Reference)
- DBA_STMT_AUDIT_OPTS view (Reference)
- DBA_STORED_SETTINGS view (Reference)
- DBA_STREAMS_GLOBAL_RULES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Streams)
- DBA_STREAMS_SCHEMA_RULES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Streams)
- [entry #4] (Streams)
- DBA_STREAMS_TABLE_RULES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Streams)
- [entry #4] (Streams)
- DBA_SUBPARTITION_TEMPLATES view (Reference)
- DBA_SUBPART_COL_STATISTICS view (Reference)
- DBA_SUBPART_HISTOGRAMS view (Reference)
- DBA_SUBPART_KEY_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_SUBSCRIBED_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_SUBSCRIBED_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_SUBSCRIPTIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_SYNONYMS view (Reference)
- DBA_SYS_PRIVS view (Reference)
- DBA_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_TABLESPACES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBA_TAB_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_COL_STATISTICS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_COMMENTS data dictionary view (SQL Reference)
- DBA_TAB_COMMENTS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_HISTOGRAMS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_MODIFICATIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_PARTITIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_PRIVS view (Reference)
- DBA_TAB_SUBPARTITIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_TEMP_FILES view (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_TRANSFORMATIONS (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- DBA_TRANSFORMATIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_TRIGGERS view (Reference)
- DBA_TRIGGER_COLS view (Reference)
- DBA_TS_QUOTAS view (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_TYPES view (Reference)
- DBA_TYPE_ATTRS view (Reference)
- DBA_TYPE_METHODS view (Reference)
- DBA_TYPE_VERSIONS
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- DBA_TYPE_VERSIONS view (Reference)
- DBA_UNDO_EXTENTS view
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- undo tablespace extents (Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_UNUSED_COL_TABS view (Reference)
- DBA_UPDATABLE_COLUMNS view (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_USERS view (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- DBA_USTATS view (Reference)
- DBA_VARRAYS view (Reference)
- DBA_VIEWS view (Reference)
- DBA_WAITERS view (Reference)
- DBA_WORKSPACE_SESSIONS view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- DBA_XML_SCHEMAS view (Reference)
- DBA_XML_TABLES view (Reference)
- DBA_XML_TAB_COLS view (Reference)
- DBA_XML_VIEWS view (Reference)
- DBA_XML_VIEW_COLS view (Reference)
- DBCA. (Administrator's Guide)
- DBCA_RAW_CONFIG
- environment variable (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- DBCLOB data type (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- DBCS (DB2 double-byte character set)
- not supported by Oracle (Utilities)
- DbFileNameConvert property (Data Guard Broker)
- DBGOUTFILE command (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- DBID
- database identifier (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- Statspack (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DBID (database identifier)
- capture process (Streams)
- changing (Utilities)
- DBLINK_ENCRYPT_LOGIN (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- encrypting, database passwords (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- error messages
- ORA-00256 (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- ORA-00256 (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- ORA-01102 (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- ORA-09291 (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- ORA-09291 (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- OSD-04018 (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- OSD-04018 (Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- DBLINK_ENCRYPT_LOGIN initialization parameter (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DBMS
- object-relational DBMS (Concepts)
- precompiler command line option (Migration)
- DBMS interaction with MODE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DBMS interfaces (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- DBMS option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DBMS precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DBMS. (Concepts)
- DBMSIOTC.SQL script (Reference)
- DbmsJava class (Java Developer's Guide)
- DbmsObjectInputStream class (Java Developer's Guide)
- DbmsObjectOutputStream class (Java Developer's Guide)
- DBMSOTRC.SQL script (Reference)
- DBMSPOOL.SQL script (Reference)
- DBMSSTDX.SQL script (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- and triggers (SQL Reference)
- dbmsxsch.sql (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- DBMS_ALERT package (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_ALERT_INFO view (Reference)
- DBMS_APPCTX (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DBMS_APPLICATION_INFO package (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_SESSION_LONGOPS procedure
- syntax change (Migration)
- DBMS_APPLY_ADM package (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_AQ package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_AQADM package (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_AQADM.DROP_QUEUE (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- DBMS_AQELM package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_AW package (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- EXECUTE procedure (OLAP User's Guide)
- GETLOG function (OLAP User's Guide)
- INTERP function (OLAP User's Guide)
- INTERPCLOB function (OLAP User's Guide)
- INTERP_SILENT function (OLAP User's Guide)
- overview (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- PRINTLOG procedure (OLAP User's Guide)
- DBMS_CAPTURE package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_CAPTURE_ADM package (Streams)
- capture process
- DBMS_CAPTURE_ADM package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DDL package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DEBUG package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DEFER package (Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ANYDATA_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ANY_CHAR_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ANY_CLOB_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ANY_VARCHAR2_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- BLOB_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CALL procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CHAR_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOB_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMIT_WORK procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- datatype_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DATE_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- IDS_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- IYM_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- NCHAR_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- NCLOB_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- NUMBER_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- NVARCHAR2_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RAW_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ROWID_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- TIMESTAMP_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- TRANSACTION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- TSLTZ_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- TSTZ_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- VARCHAR2_ARG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DEFER_QUERY package (Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_AnyData_ARG function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- GET_ANYDATA_ARG procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_ARG_FORM function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_ARG_TYPE function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_BLOB_ARG function (Replication Management API Reference)
- GET_BLOB_ARG procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_CALL_ARGS procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_CHAR_ARG function (Replication Management API Reference)
- GET_CHAR_ARG procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_CLOB_ARG function (Replication Management API Reference)
- GET_CLOB_ARG procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_datatype_ARG function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_DATE_ARG function (Replication Management API Reference)
- GET_DATE_ARG procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_IDS_ARG function (Replication Management API Reference)
- GET_IDS_ARG procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_IYM_ARG function (Replication Management API Reference)
- GET_IYM_ARG procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_NCHAR_ARG function (Replication Management API Reference)
- GET_NCHAR_ARG procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_NCLOB_ARG function (Replication Management API Reference)
- GET_NCLOB_ARG procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_NUMBER_ARG function (Replication Management API Reference)
- GET_NUMBER_ARG procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_NVARCHAR2_ARG function (Replication Management API Reference)
- GET_NVARCHAR2_ARG procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_OBJECT_NULL_VECTOR_ARG function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_RAW_ARG function (Replication Management API Reference)
- GET_RAW_ARG procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_ROWID_ARG function (Replication Management API Reference)
- GET_ROWID_ARG procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_TIMESTAMP_ARG function (Replication Management API Reference)
- GET_TIMESTAMP_ARG procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_TSLTZ_ARG function (Replication Management API Reference)
- GET_TSLTZ_ARG procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_TSTZ_ARG function (Replication Management API Reference)
- GET_TSTZ_ARG procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_VARCHAR2_ARG function (Replication Management API Reference)
- GET_VARCHAR2_ARG procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DEFER_SYS package
- ADD_DEFAULT_DEST procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEAR_PROP_STATISTICS procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_DEFAULT_DEST procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_DEF_DESTINATION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_ERROR procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_TRAN procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DISABLED function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- EXCLUDE_PUSH function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- EXECUTE_ERROR procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- EXECUTE_ERROR_AS_USER procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PUSH function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REGISTER_PROPAGATOR procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SCHEDULE_EXECUTION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SCHEDULE_PURGE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SCHEDULE_PUSH procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_DISABLED procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UNREGISTER_PROPAGATOR procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UNSCHEDULE_PURGE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UNSCHEDULE_PUSH procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DESCRIBE package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_DISTRIBUTED_TRUST_ADMIN package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_FGA package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_FLASHBACK package
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setting undo retention period for (Administrator's Guide)
- using in applications (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- DBMS_HS_PASSTHROUGH package (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- list of functions and procedures (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_HS_PASSTHROUGH.EXECUTE_IMMEDIATE (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_IOT package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_JAVA package (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- defined (Java Developer's Guide)
- delete_permission method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- disable_permission method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- dropjava method (Java Developer's Guide)
- enable_permission method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- get_compiler_option method (Java Developer's Guide)
- grant_permission method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- grant_policy_permission method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- loadjava method (Java Developer's Guide)
- longname method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- modifying permissions (Java Developer's Guide)
- modifying PolicyTable permissions (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- reset_compiler_option method (Java Developer's Guide)
- restart_debugging method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- restrict_permission method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- revoke_permission method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- set server output device (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- set server-side options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setting permissions (Java Developer's Guide)
- set_compiler_option method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- set_output method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- shortname method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- start_debugging method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- stop_debugging method (Java Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_JOB package (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- and instance affinity (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_JOB procedure (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DBMS_JOB.INTERVAL procedure (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DBMS_JOB.SUBMIT procedure (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_JOBS package (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_LDAP
- about (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- building applications with (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- sample usage
- about (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- for a search (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- from a database trigger (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- Java sample code (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_LDAP package (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- searching by using (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_LDAP_UTL
- about (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- data-types (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function return codes (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- group-related subprograms
- about (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function create_group_handle (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function get_group_dn (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function get_group_properties (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function set_group_handle_properties (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- miscellaneous subprograms
- about (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function check_interface_version (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function create_mod_propertyset (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function get_property_names (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function get_property_values (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function get_property_values_len (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function normalize_dn_with_case (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function populate_mod_propertyset (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- procedure free_handle (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- procedure free_mod_propertyset (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- procedure free_propertyset_collection (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- reference (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- subscriber-related subprograms
- about (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function create_subscriber_handle (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function get_subscriber_dn (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function get_subscriber_properties (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- user-related subprograms
- about (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function authenticate_user (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function check_group_membership (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function create_user_handle (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function get_group_membership (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function get_user_dn (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function get_user_extended_properties (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function get_user_properties (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function locate_subscriber_for_user (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function set_user_handle_properties (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- function set_user_properties (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_LIBCACHE
- warming the library cache (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- DBMS_LIBCACHE package (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- setting up (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_LOB
- ERASE (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- substr compared with read (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- updating LOB with bind variable (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- WRITE()
- passing hexadecimal string to (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- DBMS_LOB functions on a NULL LOB restriction (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- DBMS_LOB package
- [entry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- .createTemporary() as JDBC workaround (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- available LOB procedures/functions (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- client procedures cannot call DBMS_LOB (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- compared with OCI (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- CREATETEMPORARY() (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- for temporary LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- functions/procedures to modify BLOB, CLOB, and NCLOB (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- functions/procedures to read/examine internal and external LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- isTemporary() as JDBC workaround (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- LOADFROMFILE() (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- multi-threaded server (MTS) (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- offset and amount parameter rules (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- open and close, JDBC replacements for (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- opening/closing internal and external LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- provide LOB locator before invoking (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- read-only functions/procedures for BFILEs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- to work with LOBs, using (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- WRITE()
- guidelines (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- guidelines for temporary LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- passing hexadecimal string to (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- DBMS_LOB package
- loading data (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- DBMS_LOB PL/SQL package (Globalization Support Guide)
- DBMS_LOB()
- READ (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- DBMS_LOB.createtemporary() (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- DBMS_LOB.isTemporary(), previous workaround for JDBC (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- DBMS_LOB.LOADBLOBFROMFILE procedure (Globalization Support Guide)
- DBMS_LOB.LOADCLOBFROMFILE procedure (Globalization Support Guide)
- DBMS_LOB.LOADFROMFILE (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- DBMS_LOB.READ (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- DBMS_LOCK package (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_LOCK_ALLOCATED view (Reference)
- DBMS_LOGMNR package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ADD_LOGFILE procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COLUMN_PRESENT function (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- constants (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- END_LOGMNR procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MINE_VALUE function (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- START_LOGMNR procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_LOGMNR_CDC_PUBLISH package (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_CHANGE_TABLE procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_CHANGE_SOURCE procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_CHANGE_TABLE procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_CHANGE_TABLE procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_LOGMNR_CDC_SUBSCRIBE package (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ACTIVATE_SUB SCRIPTION procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_SUBSCRIBER_VIEW procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_SUBSCRIPTION procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- EXTEND_WINDOW procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- EXTEND_WINDOW_LIST procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_SUBSCRIPTION_HANDLE procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PREPARE_SUBSCRIBER_VIEW procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PREPARE_UNBOUNDED_VIEW procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_WINDOW procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SUBSCRIBE procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- usage examples (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_LOGMNR_D package
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- BUILD procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TABLESPACE procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_LOGMNR_D.BUILD procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_LOGSTDBY package
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- APPLY_SET procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- APPLY_UNSET procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- BUILD procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GUARD BYPASS OFF procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GUARD_BYPASS_OFF procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- GUARD_BYPASS_ON procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- INSTANTIATE_TABLE procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SKIP procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SKIP_ERROR procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SKIP_TRANSACTION procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UNSKIP procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UNSKIP_ERROR procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UNSKIP_TRANSACTION procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- using to manage SQL apply operations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_LOGSTDBY.APPLY_SET procedure
- delay applying archived redo log s (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_LOGSTDBY.GUARD_BYPASS_OFF procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_LOGSTDBY.GUARD_BYPASS_ON procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_LOGSTDBY.INSTANTIATE_TABLE procedure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_METADATA (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- DBMS_METADATA package
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Utilities)
- ADD_TRANSFORM procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- browsing interface (Utilities)
- CLOSE procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- FETCH_xxx procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_DDL function (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_DEPENDENT_DDL function (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_DEPENDENT_XML function (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_GRANTED_DDL function (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_GRANTED_XML function (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_QUERY procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_XML function (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- OPEN procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- programmatic interface (Utilities)
- security (Utilities)
- SET_COUNT procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_FILTER procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_PARSE_ITEM procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TRANSFORM_PARAM procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- using for object definition (Administrator's Guide)
- using to implement Metadata API (Utilities)
- DBMS_MGWADM package (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- constants (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- methods (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object types (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- summary of subprograms (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_MGWADM.DB_CONNECT_INFO procedure
- configuring Messaging Gateway (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- example (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- DBMS_MGWMSG package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- constants (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- methods (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- object types (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- summary of subprograms (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_MVIEW package
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- BEGIN_TABLE_REORGANIZATION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- END_TABLE_REORGANIZATION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- EXPLAIN_MVIEW procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- EXPLAIN_REWRITE procedure (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- I_AM_A_REFRESH function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PMARKER function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_DIRECT_LOAD_LOG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_LOG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_MVIEW_FROM_LOG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REFRESH procedure (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REFRESH_ALL_MVIEWS procedure (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REFRESH_DEPENDENT procedure (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REGISTER_MVIEW procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UNREGISTER_MVIEW procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_MVIEW.REFRESH routine
- refreshing materialized views (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBMS_OBFUSCATION_TOOLKIT (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (Security Overview)
- DBMS_OBFUSCATION_TOOLKIT package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_ODM package (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (OLAP User's Guide)
- subprograms (OLAP User's Guide)
- DBMS_OFFLINE_OG package
- BEGIN_INSTANTIATION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- BEGIN_LOAD procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- END_INSTANTIATION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- END_LOAD procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RESUME_SUBSET_OF_MASTERS procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_OFFLINE_SNAPSHOT package
- BEGIN_LOAD procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- END_LOAD procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_OLAP package (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ADD_FILTER_ITEM procedure (Data Warehousing Guide)
- LOAD_WORKLOAD_TRACE procedure (Data Warehousing Guide)
- PURGE_FILTER procedure (Data Warehousing Guide)
- PURGE_RESULTS procedure (Data Warehousing Guide)
- PURGE_WORKLOAD procedure (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SET_CANCELLED procedure (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_ORACLE_TRACE_AGENT package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_ORACLE_TRACE_USER package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_OUTLN package (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_OUTLN_EDIT package (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_OUTPUT package (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_PCLXUTIL package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_PIPE package (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- using with RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- DBMS_PROFILER package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM package (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RANDOM package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RECTIFIER_DIFF package (Replication Management API Reference)
- DIFFERENCES procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RECTIFY procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_REDEFINITION package
- redefining tables online (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_REDEFINITION.CAN_REDEF_TABLE procedure (Globalization Support Guide)
- DBMS_REFRESH package
- ADD procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CHANGE procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DESTROY procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REFRESH procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SUBTRACT procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_REPAIR package (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CHECK_OBJECT procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- DUMP_ORPHAN_KEYS procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- examples (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- limitations (Administrator's Guide)
- procedures (Administrator's Guide)
- SEGMENT_FIX_STATUS procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- SKIP_CORRUPT_BLOCKS procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- using (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_REPAIR procedure
- FIX_CORRUPT_BLOCKS procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- REBUILD_FREELISTS procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_REPCAT package (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- ADD_DELETE_RESOLUTION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ADD_GROUPED_COLUMN procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ADD_MASTER_DATABASE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ADD_NEW_MASTERS procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ADD_PRIORITY_CHAR procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ADD_PRIORITY_datatype procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ADD_PRIORITY_DATE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ADD_PRIORITY_NUMBER procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ADD_PRIORITY_VARCHAR2 procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ADD_SITE_PRIORITY_SITE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ADD_UNIQUENESS_RESOLUTION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ADD_UPDATE_RESOLUTION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #8] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_CATCHUP_PARAMETERS procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_MASTER_PROPAGATION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_MASTER_REPOBJECT procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_MVIEW_PROPAGATION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_PRIORITY procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_PRIORITY_CHAR procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_PRIORITY_datatype procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_PRIORITY_DATE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_PRIORITY_NUMBER procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_PRIORITY_RAW procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_SITE_PRIORITY procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_SITE_PRIORITY_SITE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CANCEL_STATISTICS procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- comment procedures (Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_COLUMN_GROUP procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_DELETE_RESOLUTION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_MVIEW_REPSITES procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_PRIORITY_GROUP procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_REPGROUP procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_REPOBJECT procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_REPSITES procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_SITE_PRIORITY procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_UNIQUE_RESOLUTION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_UPDATE_RESOLUTION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMPARE_OLD_VALUES procedure
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- conflict resolution (Advanced Replication)
- CREATE_MASTER_REPGROUP procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_MASTER_REPOBJECT procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_MVIEW_REPGROUP procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #8] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_MVIEW_REPOBJECT procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #8] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #9] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #10] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DEFINE_COLUMN_GROUP procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DEFINE_PRIORITY_GROUP procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DEFINE_SITE_PRIORITY procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DO_DEFERRED_REPCAT_ADMIN procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #4] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_COLUMN_GROUP procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_DELETE_RESOLUTION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_GROUPED_COLUMN procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_MASTER_REPGROUP procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_MASTER_REPOBJECT procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_MVIEW_REPGROUP procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_MVIEW_REPOBJECT procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_PRIORITY procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_PRIORITY_CHAR procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_PRIORITY_datatype procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_PRIORITY_DATE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_PRIORITY_GROUP procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_PRIORITY_NUMBER procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_PRIORITY_VARCHAR2 procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_SITE_PRIORITY procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_SITE_PRIORITY_SITE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_UNIQUE_RESOLUTION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_UPDATE_RESOLUTION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- EXECUTE_DDL procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GENERATE_MVIEW_SUPPORT procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GENERATE_REPLICATION_SUPPORT procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKE_COLUMN_GROUP procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #8] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PREPARE_INSTANTIATED_MASTER procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- PREPARE_INSTANTIATED_MASTERS procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_MASTER_LOG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_STATISTICS procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REFRESH_MVIEW_REPGROUP procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REGISTER_MVIEW_REPGROUP procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REGISTER_STATISTICS procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RELOCATE_MASTERDEF procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REMOVE_MASTER_DATABASE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- REMOVE_MASTER_DATABASES procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RENAME_SHADOW_COLUMN_GROUP procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REPCAT_IMPORT_CHECK procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RESUME_MASTER_ACTIVITY procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RESUME_PROPAGATION_TO_MDEF procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SEND_OLD_VALUES procedure
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- conflict resolution (Advanced Replication)
- SET_COLUMNS procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SPECIFY_NEW_MASTERS procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SUSPEND_MASTER_ACTIVITY procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SWITCH_MVIEW_MASTER procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UNDO_ADD_NEW_MASTERS_REQUEST procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UNREGISTER_MVIEW_REPGROUP procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- VALIDATE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- WAIT_MASTER_LOG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_REPCAT_ADMIN package
- GRANT_ADMIN_ANY_SCHEMA procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GRANT_ADMIN_SCHEMA procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REGISTER_USER_REPGROUP procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #8] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REVOKE_ADMIN_ANY_SCHEMA procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REVOKE_ADMIN_SCHEMA procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UNREGISTER_USER_REPGROUP procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_REPCAT_INSTANTIATE package
- DROP_SITE_INSTANTIATION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- INSTANTIATE_OFFLINE function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- INSTANTIATE_ONLINE function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_REPCAT_RGT package
- ALTER_REFRESH_TEMPLATE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_TEMPLATE_OBJECT procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_TEMPLATE_PARM procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_USER_AUTHORIZATION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ALTER_USER_PARM_VALUE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMPARE_TEMPLATES function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COPY_TEMPLATE function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_OBJECT_FROM_EXISTING function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_REFRESH_TEMPLATE function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_REFRESH_TEMPLATE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_TEMPLATE_OBJECT function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_TEMPLATE_OBJECT procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_TEMPLATE_PARM function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_USER_AUTHORIZATION function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_USER_AUTHORIZATION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_USER_PARM_VALUE function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_RUNTIME_PARMS procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_ALL_OBJECTS procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_ALL_TEMPLATES procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_ALL_TEMPLATE_PARMS procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_ALL_TEMPLATE_SITES procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_ALL_USER_AUTHORIZATIONS procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_ALL_USER_PARM_VALUES procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_REFRESH_TEMPLATE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_SITE_INSTANTIATION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_TEMPLATE_OBJECT procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_TEMPLATE_PARM procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_USER_AUTHORIZATION procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_USER_PARM_VALUE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GET_RUNTIME_PARM_ID function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- INSERT_RUNTIME_PARMS procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- INSTANTIATE_OFFLINE function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- INSTANTIATE_OFFLINE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- INSTANTIATE_ONLINE function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- INSTANTIATE_ONLINE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- LOCK_TEMPLATE_EXCLUSIVE procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- LOCK_TEMPLATE_SHARED procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_REPUTIL package
- FROM_REMOTE function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GLOBAL_NAME function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MAKE_INTERNAL_PKG procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REPLICATION_IS_ON function (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REPLICATION_OFF procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- REPLICATION_ON procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SYNC_UP_REP procedure (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RESOURCE_MANAGER package (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- procedures (table of) (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_RESOURCE_MANAGER_PRIVS package (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- procedures (table of) (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_RESUMABLE package (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- handling suspended storage allocation (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- DBMS_RLS package (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- security policies (Concepts)
- uses definer rights (Concepts)
- DBMS_ROWID package
- [entry #2] (Migration)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- and extended rowids (SQL Reference)
- DBMS_RULE package (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_RULE_ADM package (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_SESSION package (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_CONTEXT procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- SET_ROLE procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- DBMS_SHARED_POOL package (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_SPACE package (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- example for unused space (Administrator's Guide)
- FREE_BLOCK procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- SPACE_USAGE procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- UNUSED_SPACE procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_SPACE_ADMIN package (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_SQL package
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- advantages of (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- client-side programs (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- DESCRIBE (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- differences with native dynamic SQL (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- multiple row updates and deletes (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- parsing DDL statements (Concepts)
- RETURNING clause (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- See Also dynamic SQL (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- SET_ROLE procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- DBMS_STATS package (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #7] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- creating histograms (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- MONITORING clause of CREATE TABLE (Administrator's Guide)
- upgrading statistics tables (Migration)
- DBMS_STORAGE_MAP package
- invoking for file mapping (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_STORAGE_MAPPING package (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_STREAMS package (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_STREAMS_ADM package (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Streams)
- [entry #4] (Streams)
- [entry #5] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- apply process creation (Streams)
- capture process creation (Streams)
- creating a capture process (Streams)
- creating a propagation (Streams)
- creating an apply process (Streams)
- tags (Streams)
- DBMS_TRACE package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_TRANSACTION package
- [entry #2] (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PURGE_LOST_DB_ENTRY procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_TRANSFORM package (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_TTS package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_TYPES package (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- DBMS_UTILITY package
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ANALYZE_SCHEMA procedure
- used for computing statistics (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_WM package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- AlterSavepoint procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- AlterWorkspace procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- BeginDDL procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- BeginResolve procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CommitDDL procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CommitResolve (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CompressWorkspace procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CompressWorkspaceTree procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CopyForUpdate procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CreateSavepoint procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CreateWorkspace procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DeleteSavepoint procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DisableVersioning procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DropReplicationSupport procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- EnableVersioning procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- FreezeWorkspace procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GenerateReplicationSupport procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GetConflictWorkspace function (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GetDiffVersions function (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GetLockMode function (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GetMultiWorkspaces function (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GetOpContext function (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GetPrivs function (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GetSessionInfo function (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GetWorkspace function (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GotoWorkspace procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GrantSystemPriv procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- GrantWorkspacePriv procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- IsWorkspaceOccupied function (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- LockRows procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MergeTable procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- MergeWorkspace procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RecoverAllMigratingTables procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RecoverMigratingTable procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RefreshTable procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RefreshWorkspace procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RelocateWriterSite procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RemoveWorkspace procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RemoveWorkspaceTree procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- ResolveConflicts procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RevokeSystemPriv procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RevokeWorkspacePriv procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RollbackDDL procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RollbackResolve procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RollbackTable procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RollbackToSP procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- RollbackWorkspace procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SetConflictWorkspace procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SetDiffVersions procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SetLockingOFF procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SetLockingON procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SetMultiWorkspaces (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SetWoOverwriteOFF (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SetWoOverwriteON (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SetWorkspaceLockModeOFF procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SetWorkspaceLockModeON procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SynchronizeSite procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UnfreezeWorkspace procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UnlockRows procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_WM public synonym (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- DBMS_XDB (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- AclCheckPrivileges (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- cfg_get (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- cfg_refresh (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- changePrivilege (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- checkPrivileges (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- configuration management (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- getAclDocument (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- Link (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- LockResource (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- overview (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- rebuilding hierarchical index (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- security (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- DBMS_XDBT (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- DBMS_XDB_VERSION (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [entry #2] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- subprograms (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- DBMS_XMLDOM (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [entry #2] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [entry #3] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- DBMS_XMLGEN (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [entry #2] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- generating complex XML (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- generating XML (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- DBMS_XMLGEN package (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- DBMS_XMLPARSER (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [entry #2] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- DBMS_XMLQuery
- bind (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- clearBindValues() (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- getXMLClob (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DBMS_XMLQUERY package (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- DBMS_XMLQuery Package (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- DBMS_XMLQuery() (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DBMS_XMLSave (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- deleteXML (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- getCtx (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- insertXML (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- updateXML (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DBMS_XMLSAVE package (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- DBMS_XMLSave Package (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- DBMS_XMLSave() (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DBMS_XMLSCHEMA (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [entry #2] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- deleteSchema (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- generateSchema() function (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- generateSchemas() function (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- mapping of types (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- registerSchema (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- DBMS_XSLPROCESSOR (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [entry #2] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- DBNAME
- capture process (Streams)
- changing (Utilities)
- MIG utility option (Migration)
- DBNEWID (nid) utility (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBNEWID utility (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Utilities)
- changing a database ID (Utilities)
- changing a database name (Utilities)
- examples (Utilities)
- restrictions (Utilities)
- reverting a stalled change operation (Utilities)
- syntax (Utilities)
- troubleshooting a database ID change (Utilities)
- troubleshooting a database name change (Utilities)
- DBPASSWORD column (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBPASSWORD_EXIST_FLAG column (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- DBPROPSET_DBINIT property set
- setting properties (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DBPROP_AUTH_PASSWORD property
- setting (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DBPROP_AUTH_USERNAME property
- enabling OS authentication (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- setting (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DBPROP_INIT_DATASOURCE property
- setting (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DBPROP_INIT_PROMPT property
- setting (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DBPROP_INIT_PROVIDERSTRING property
- enabling OS authentication (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- setting (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DBPROP_IROWSETUPDATE property
- setting of other properties (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DBPROP_SERVERDATAONINSERT property (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DBSNMP process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- dbsnmp.addnl_db_conns (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.address (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.avg_occ_per_event (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.cs_base_port (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.hostname (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.log_directory (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.log_file (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.log_unique (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.noheuristic (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.notificationtimeout (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.no_job_skipped_notifications (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.polltime (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.spawnaddress (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.threshold_evocc (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.threshold_job_status (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.trace_directory (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.trace_file (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.trace_filecnt (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.trace_filesize (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.trace_level (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.trace_timestamp (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmp.trace_unique (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmpj (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmpj.log_directory (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmpj.log_file (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmpj.log_unique (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmpj.trace_directory (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmpj.trace_file (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmpj.trace_filecnt (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmpj.trace_filesize (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmpj.trace_level (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmpj.trace_timestamp (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- dbsnmpj.trace_unique (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- Dbsnmpwd (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- DBSNMP_START command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- DBSNMP_STATUS command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- DBSNMP_STOP command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- DBTIMEZONE function (SQL Reference)
- DBUA. See Database Upgrade Assistant (Migration)
- DBUri (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- and object references (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- identifying a row (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- identifying a target column (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- retrieving column text value (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- retrieving the whole table (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- security (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- servlet (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [subentry #2] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- syntax guidelines (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- URL specification (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- XPath expressions in (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- DBUri-refs (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- HTTP access (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- where it can be used (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- DBUriType (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- defined (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- examples (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- notation for fragments (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- stores references to data (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- DBURITYPE, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DBV (Error Messages)
- DBVERIFY
- operating system compatibility (Getting Started for Windows)
- starting (Getting Started for Windows)
- DBVERIFY utility (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- output (Utilities)
- restrictions (Utilities)
- syntax (Utilities)
- validating a segment (Utilities)
- validating disk blocks (Utilities)
- DBViewer Bean (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DBViewer() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DBViewerBeanInfo (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DBViewerBeanInfo() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DBWn background process (Concepts)
- DBWRn processes
- and checkpoints (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- improving performance of (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- DBWR_IO_SLAVES initialization parameter (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DB_BLOCK_BUFFERS (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- DB_BLOCK_BUFFERS in INIT.ORA (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- [entry #2] (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- DB_BLOCK_BUFFERS initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DB_BLOCK_CHECKING initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SESSION (SQL Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DB_BLOCK_CHECKSUM
- new default value (Migration)
- DB_BLOCK_CHECKSUM initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- compatibility (Migration)
- enabling redo block checking with (Administrator's Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DB_BLOCK_SIZE
- parameter (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- DB_BLOCK_SIZE in INIT.ORA (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- [entry #2] (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- DB_BLOCK_SIZE initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (Reference)
- [entry #7] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- and parallel query (Data Warehousing Guide)
- for upgrading (Migration)
- setting (Administrator's Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DB_BLOCK_SIZE parameter
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #3] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- buffer cache (Concepts)
- same for all instances (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- DB_CACHE_ADVICE initialization parameter (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DB_CACHE_ADVICE parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DB_CACHE_SIZE initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Concepts)
- [entry #6] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #7] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #8] (Reference)
- setting (Administrator's Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- DB_CACHE_SIZE parameter
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- buffer cache (Concepts)
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- system global area size and (Concepts)
- DB_CREATE_FILE_DEST initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- described (Administrator's Guide)
- setting with ALTER SESSION (SQL Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DB_CREATE_ONLINE_LOG_DEST_n initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- described (Administrator's Guide)
- setting with ALTER SESSION (SQL Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DB_DOMAIN attribute, USERENV (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- DB_DOMAIN configuration parameter (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- DB_DOMAIN initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- [entry #4] (Migration)
- compatibility (Migration)
- setting before database creation (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DB_DOMAIN parameter (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- DB_FILES
- initialization parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DB_FILES initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DB_FILES parameter (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- same for all instances (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- DB_FILE_MULTIBLOCK_READ_COUNT
- increasing for full table scans (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- parameter (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- DB_FILE_MULTIBLOCK_READ_COUNT in INIT.ORA (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- DB_FILE_MULTIBLOCK_READ_COUNT initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (Reference)
- [entry #6] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- cost-based optimization (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- setting with ALTER SESSION (SQL Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT
- initialization parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT initialization parameter (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- initialization parameters
- setting DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- using with RMAN DUPLICATE command (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- DB_KEEP_CACHE_SIZE
- initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DB_KEEP_CACHE_SIZE initialization parameter (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- DB_LINK argument (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- DB_NAME
- directory, explained (Getting Started for Windows)
- multiple Oracle homes (Getting Started for Windows)
- DB_NAME configuration parameter (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- DB_NAME initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- [entry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #5] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #6] (Migration)
- [entry #7] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- effect on physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- setting before database creation (Administrator's Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- switchover and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DB_NAME parameter (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #4] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- same for all instances (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- db_name.conf file
- service discovery (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- DB_nK_CACHE_SIZE initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- using with transportable tablespaces (Administrator's Guide)
- DB_nK_CACHE_SIZE initialization parameters
- setting (Administrator's Guide)
- DB_RECYCLE_CACHE_SIZE
- initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DB_RECYCLE_CACHE_SIZE initialization parameter (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DB_RECYCLY_CACHE_SIZE initialization parameter (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- DB_VERIFY utility (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- DB_WRITER_PROCESSES initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DCE. See Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- DCE.AUTHENTICATION parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- DCE.LOCAL_CELL_USERNAMES parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- DCE.PROTECTION parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- DCE.TNS_ADDRESS.OID parameter
- modifying in protocol.ora file (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- DCE.TNS_ADDRESS_OID parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- DCOM
- configuring (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- DC_SEQUENCES
- parameter (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- DD datetime format element (SQL Reference)
- TIMESTAMP (SQL Reference)
- TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIME ZONE (SQL Reference)
- TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE (SQL Reference)
- UROWID (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- user-defined (SQL Reference)
- VARCHAR (SQL Reference)
- VARCHAR2 (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- XML types (SQL Reference)
- DDAY datetime format element (SQL Reference)
- DDD datetime format element (SQL Reference)
- DDL
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- for LOBs (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- DDL (Data Definition Language) (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DDL (data definition language) operations
- beginning (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- committing (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- requirements and restrictions (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- rolling back (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DDL commands (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- DDL handlers (Streams)
- creating (Streams)
- monitoring (Streams)
- removing (Streams)
- setting (Streams)
- DDL statements
- executing (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- package state and (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- troubleshooting problems (Advanced Replication)
- DDL transactions
- filtering from SQL apply operations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DDL. (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DDL. See data definition language (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dead connection
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- dead connection timeout. See terminated connection timeout (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connection load balancing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connection pooling (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connection requests in a profile (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- database servers
- access control (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- domains (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- external naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- external procedure connections (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Heterogeneous Services connections (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- host naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- instance role (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- listeners (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- external procedures (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Heterogeneous Services (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- host naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle JServer (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- queue size (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service information (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- localized management (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- multiple domains in Oracle Names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- multiple protocol addresses (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- naming methods (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service aliases (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service names
- directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- external naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- network domain (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Advanced Security (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Names servers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Rdb database connections (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- primary and secondary instances (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- protocol addresses (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- protocol conversion support (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- quick reference (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- region database for Oracle Names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- replicated data among Oracle Names servers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- servers
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session multiplexing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- dead transactions (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- deadlock (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- effect on transactions (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- how broken (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DEADLOCK command (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- deadlock detection (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- DeadlockError exception (Java Developer's Guide)
- deadlocks
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- avoiding (Concepts)
- defined (Concepts)
- detection of (Concepts)
- distributed transactions and (Concepts)
- effect on transactions (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- how broken (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- resolving
- in synchronous propagation (Advanced Replication)
- DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DEALLOCATE UNUSED clause (Administrator's Guide)
- of ALTER CLUSTER (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- deallocating extents (Concepts)
- deallocating unused space (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_SPACE package (Administrator's Guide)
- DEALLOCATE UNUSED clause (Administrator's Guide)
- examples (Administrator's Guide)
- high water mark (Administrator's Guide)
- debug
- compiler option (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- log files, viewing (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- stored procedures (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- DEBUG ANY PROCEDURE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DEBUG clause
- of ALTER FUNCTION (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER PACKAGE (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER PROCEDURE (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TRIGGER (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TYPE (SQL Reference)
- debug logging level (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- debug logging levels (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- setting (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using OID Control Utility (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using the OID Control Utility (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- setting for directory integration server (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- DEBUG object privilege (SQL Reference)
- on a function, procedure (SQL Reference)
- on a table (SQL Reference)
- on a view (SQL Reference)
- on an object type (SQL Reference)
- debug option (customizer harness) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- debug option for compile (in server) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DEBUG proedure
- overview (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- DebugAgent class (Java Developer's Guide)
- debugging
- [entry #2] (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- agent (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- AuditorInstaller command-line examples (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- AuditorInstaller customizer (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- AuditorInstaller options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- AuditorInstaller runtime output (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- C code in DLLs (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- common errors (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- connecting a debugger (Java Developer's Guide)
- debug option for compile (in server) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- debug option, customizer harness (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- debug, ojspc option (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- debug_mode config param (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- emit_debuginfo config param (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- enabling all (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- granting system privileges for (SQL Reference)
- in JDeveloper (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- invoking AuditorInstaller (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Java applications (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- line-mapping, SQLJ source to class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- line-mapping, SQLJ source to class for jdb (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- necessary permissions (Java Developer's Guide)
- packet handling (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- PL/SQL (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- setting compiler options (Java Developer's Guide)
- starting Debug Agent (Java Developer's Guide)
- starting proxy (Java Developer's Guide)
- stored procedures (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- through JDeveloper (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- triggers (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- using OracleAgent class (Java Developer's Guide)
- debugging designs (Performance Planning)
- Debugging External Procedures (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- debugging external procedures (Getting Started for Windows)
- debugging JDBC programs (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- debugging programs (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- DebugProxy class (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- DEBUG_EXPTOC package (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DEBUG_EXTPROC package (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- DEBUG_EXTPROC, Using (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- DEBUG_MODE - oracle.xml.jaxp.JXDocumentBuilderFactory.DEBUG_MODE (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DEBUG_MODE - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DOMParser.DEBUG_MODE (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DEC keyword
- behavior differences (Migration)
- DEC subtype (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- DECIMAL
- Oracle external datatype (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- DECIMAL - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDTypeConstants.DECIMAL (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- decimal character restrictions (Globalization Support Guide)
- decimal characters (SQL Reference)
- reset for session (SQL Reference)
- specifying (SQL Reference)
- DECIMAL data type (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- decimal data types, comparing (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- DECIMAL datatype
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Utilities)
- ANSI (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DB2 (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- EXTERNAL format
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- SQL/DS (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DECIMAL numeric type (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- DECIMAL subtype (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- Decimal-Point is Comma (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECIMALOVERFLOW option (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- DECIMALS option (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- Decision Support System (DSS) (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Decision Support Systems (DSS) (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- decision support systems (DSS)
- bitmap indexes (Data Warehousing Guide)
- disk striping (Data Warehousing Guide)
- materialized views (Concepts)
- parallel DML (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel SQL (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- performance (Data Warehousing Guide)
- scoring tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- decision trees (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- declaration
- cursor (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- host variable (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- of cursors (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- of host arrays (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- of pointer variables (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- of SQLCA (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- declaration
- of host arrays (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- of host variables (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- of indicator variables (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- of ORACA (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- of SQLCA (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- of SQLDA (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- declarations
- collection (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- connection context declarations (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- constant (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- cursor (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- cursor variable (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- exception (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- forward (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- global declarations, globals.jsa (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- IMPLEMENTS clause (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- iterator declarations (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- member variables (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- method variable vs. member variable (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- object (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- record (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- subprogram (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- variable (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- WITH clause (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- declarative part
- of function (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- of PL/SQL block (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- of procedure (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- declarative referential integrity constraints (Administrator's Guide)
- declarative SQL statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using in transactions (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- declarative SQL statements
- in transactions (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- declarative statements
- also known as directives (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE command (PL/SQL) (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DECLARE command, disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DECLARE CURSOR directive (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- examples (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE CURSOR directives
- examples (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE CURSOR statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- AT clause (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- AT clause in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- where to place (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE CURSOR statement
- use in Dynamic SQL Method 4 (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- DECLARE CURSOR statement (SQL) (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- DECLARE DATABASE directive (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE DATABASE SQL directives (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Declare Section
- allowable statements (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- form (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- required when MODE=ANSI (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- requirements (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- rules for defining (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using more than one (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- when MODE=ANSI (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- when required (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- declare section
- COBOL datatypes supported (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- defining usernames and passwords (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- declare section
- PL/I datatypes allowed in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- rules for defining (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- DECLARE SECTION is optional (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- required placement of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- scope of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL method 3 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using in dynamic SQL method 3 (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE STATEMENT directive (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- examples (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- scope of (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE STATEMENT statement
- AT clause (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- AT clause in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example of using (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using in dynamic SQL (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using with dynamic SQL (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- when required (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE statements
- examples (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE TABLE directive
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- examples (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using with the SQLCHECK option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE TABLE directives
- using with the SQLCHECK option (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE TABLE SQL directive (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE TABLE statement
- need for with AT clause (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE TYPE directive (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE_SECTION precompiler option (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- declaring
- cursor variables (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- host tables (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- host variables (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- indicator variables (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- ORACA (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCA (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLDA (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- VARCHAR variables (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- declaring a cursor (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- DECODE function
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- treatment of nulls (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- DECOMPOSE function (SQL Reference)
- decrIterCounter( ) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- dedicated external procedure agents (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- dedicated server
- and connection load balancing (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- and Primary/Secondary Instance (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- defined (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- dedicated server connections (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- dedicated server link (Data Guard Broker)
- dedicated server process (Data Guard Broker)
- dedicated server processes (Administrator's Guide)
- trace files for (Administrator's Guide)
- dedicated servers (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- architecture (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- bequeathed sessions (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- compared with shared servers (Concepts)
- connect descriptor configuration (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Transparent Application Failover (TAF) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- defined (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- described (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- difference with shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- routing connections (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- default
- audit options (Administrator's Guide)
- disabling (Administrator's Guide)
- column values (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- error handling (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- maximum savepoints (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- parameters in stored functions (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- role (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- setting of LITDELIM option (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- setting of ORACA option (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- default
- error handling (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- setting of ORACA option (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- DEFAULT - oracle.xml.parser.v2.AttrDecl.DEFAULT (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DEFAULT - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLOutputStream.DEFAULT (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- default access driver
- for external tables (Concepts)
- default cache (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DEFAULT clause
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- DEFAULT column values
- Oracle version 6 export files (Utilities)
- default connection (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- setting with Oracle.connect() (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setting with setDefaultContext() (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- default connections (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DEFAULT COST clause
- of ASSOCIATE STATISTICS (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- default customizer option (sqlj) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- default database (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DEFAULT DELAY option
- of managed recovery operations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- default device types
- configuring (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- Default Domain field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- default file name extensions
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- OTT (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- default hierarchy
- example of getting (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- retrieving (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- default index (SQL Reference)
- example (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT keyword
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- list partitioning (Administrator's Guide)
- default knowledge references (referrals)
- configuring (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- default logins
- created at installation (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- default name mapping
- OTT (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- default outfile (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- default output device in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- default parameter values (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- default parameters
- changing (Text Reference)
- CONTEXT index (Text Reference)
- CTXCAT index (Text Reference)
- CTXRULE index (Text Reference)
- viewing (Text Reference)
- default partition (Data Warehousing Guide)
- default partitions (Administrator's Guide)
- default port (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- number (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- DEFAULT profile
- assigning to users (SQL Reference)
- default properties files (translator) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DEFAULT ROLE clause
- of ALTER USER (SQL Reference)
- default roles (Administrator's Guide)
- DEFAULT SELECTIVITY clause
- of ASSOCIATE STATISTICS (SQL Reference)
- default semantics-checker (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Default SQL to XML Mapping (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DEFAULT storage clause
- of ALTER TABLESPACE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLESPACE (SQL Reference)
- default subpartition (Administrator's Guide)
- default subscribers
- defined (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- default table
- creating (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- defining a (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- default tablespace
- definition (Concepts)
- DEFAULT TABLESPACE clause
- of ALTER USER. (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE USER (SQL Reference)
- default temporary tablespace (New Features)
- DEFAULT TEMPORARY TABLESPACE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- default temporary tablespaces (Concepts)
- specifying (Concepts)
- DEFAULT thesaurus (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- default thesaurus (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- default type map (JPublisher User's Guide)
- default URL prefix option (sqlj) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- default values (Concepts)
- collections (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- constraints effect on (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- database resource substates (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- properties (Data Guard Broker)
- See also (Data Guard Broker)
- user-defined types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- defaultBatchValue connection property (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defaultConnection() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DefaultContext class
- close() method parameters (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- constructors (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- key methods (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- use for single or multiple connections (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DEFAULTIF parameter
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- defaultOfm parameter (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- defaultRowPrefetch connection property (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defaults
- index (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- profile (Administrator's Guide)
- role (Administrator's Guide)
- tablespace quota (Administrator's Guide)
- user tablespaces (Administrator's Guide)
- defaults for indexing
- viewing (Text Reference)
- defaultTable attribute (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- defaulttypemap option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- DefaultXMLDocumentHandler - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DefaultXMLDocumentHandler (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DefaultXMLDocumentHandler() - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DefaultXMLDocumentHandler.DefaultXMLDocumentHandler() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DEFAULT_ADMIN_CONTEXT networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- DEFAULT_CHARSET character set value (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DEFAULT_CONSUMER_GROUP for Database Resource Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Administrator's Guide)
- DEFAULT_CTXCAT_INDEX_SET system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_CTXCAT_LEXER system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_CTXCAT_STOPLIST system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_CTXCAT_STORAGE system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_CTXCAT_WORDLIST system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_CTXRULE_LEXER system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_CTXRULE_STOPLIST system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_CTXRULE_WORDLIST system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_DATASTORE system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_DATASTORE system-defined indexing preference (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_FILTER_BINARY system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_FILTER_FILE system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_FILTER_TEXT system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_HOME_LOCATION parameter in ORAPARAM.INI (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- DEFAULT_HOME_NAME parameter in ORAPARAM.INI (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- DEFAULT_INDEX_MEMORY (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- DEFAULT_INDEX_MEMORY system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_LEXER system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_LEXER system-defined indexing preference (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_RULE_STORAGE system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_SECTION_HTML system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_SECTION_TEXT system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_STOPLIST system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_STOPLIST system-defined preference (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_STORAGE system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_STORAGE system-defined preference (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_TABLESPACE variable (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DEFAULT_WORDLIST system parameter (Text Reference)
- DEFAULT_WORDLIST system-defined preference (Text Reference)
- DEFCALL view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DEFCALLDEST view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DEFDEFAULTDEST view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- adding destinations to (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing destinations from (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DEFER attribute
- LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_STATE_n initialization parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DEFERRABLE clause
- of constraints (SQL Reference)
- deferrable constraints (SQL Reference)
- DEFERRCOUNT view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DEFERRED clause
- of SET CONSTRAINTS (SQL Reference)
- deferred constraints
- deferrable or nondeferrable (Concepts)
- initially deferred or immediate (Concepts)
- deferred index updates (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- deferred transaction queues (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- deferred calls
- determining value of (Replication Management API Reference)
- diagnosing problems with (Advanced Replication)
- managing (Replication Management API Reference)
- purging propagated transactions (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- pushing (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- scheduled purge (Advanced Replication)
- scheduled push (Advanced Replication)
- deferred transactions
- data dictionary views (Replication Management API Reference)
- DefDefaultDest table
- removing destinations from (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DEFDEFAULTDEST view
- adding destination to (Replication Management API Reference)
- adding destination to (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing destinations from (Replication Management API Reference)
- removing destinations from (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- deferred remote procedure calls (RPCs)
- argument types (Replication Management API Reference)
- argument types (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- argument values (Replication Management API Reference)
- argument values (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- arguments to (Replication Management API Reference)
- arguments to (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- building (Replication Management API Reference)
- building (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- executing immediately (Replication Management API Reference)
- executing immediately (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DEFSCHEDULE view
- clearing statistics (Replication Management API Reference)
- clearing statistics (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing destinations from (Replication Management API Reference)
- deleting from queue (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- monitoring (Replication Management API Reference)
- purge job (Replication Management API Reference)
- purge job (Replication Management API Reference)
- push jobs (Replication Management API Reference)
- push jobs (Replication Management API Reference)
- reexecuting (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- scheduling execution (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- starting (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DEFERROR view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- deleting transactions from (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- define
- arrays (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- return and error codes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DEFINE command (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- AGGMAP (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- and host system editor (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and UNDEFINE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CHAR values (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMPOSITE keyword (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- DIMENSION keyword (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- MODEL keyword (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- PROGRAM keyword (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- RELATION keyword (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- SET DEFINE ON|OFF (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SPARSE keyword (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- substitution variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SURROGATE keyword (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- VALUESET keyword (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- VARIABLE keyword (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- define functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- define handle
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DEFINE OFF
- tuning (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- define operation (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LOBs (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- named datatypes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- piecewise fetch (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- PL/SQL output variables (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- REFs (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- steps used (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- define phase of query processing (Concepts)
- DEFINE precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- used in application migration (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- define substitution variables field (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DEFINE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- define variable (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- defineColumnType() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defineColumnType() method, 3-25 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- definer rights
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- procedure security (Concepts)
- versus invoker rights (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- definer-rights functions (SQL Reference)
- DEFINE_GEOM_SEGMENT function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- defining
- OCINumber (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- See creating (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- defining a geometric segment (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- defining column types/sizes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defining parameter sizes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defining symbols (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- defining, user account (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for MySQL 3.22, 3.23 Migrations)
- definitions
- changing (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- displaying (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- distinct from data (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- definitions. See terminology (Migration)
- DEFLOB view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DEFPROPAGATOR view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DEFSCHEDULE view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- clearing statistics (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DEFTRAN view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DEFTRANDEST view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DEF_SQLCODE precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DEGREE keyword
- in PARALLEL clause (Migration)
- degree of cardinality (Data Warehousing Guide)
- degree of parallelism (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #5] (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- and adaptive multiuser (Data Warehousing Guide)
- between query operations (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel SQL (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- degree of parallelism (DOP) (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- deinstalling (Migration)
- DEINSTALL_LIST (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- DEL command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using an asterisk (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- delay (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- time specification (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- DELAY attribute
- LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_n initialization parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- delay interval
- retry with (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- time specification (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- DELAY networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- DELAY option
- of ALTER DATABASE RECOVER MANAGED STANDBY DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Delayed Mode (New Features)
- delaying
- application of archived redo logs (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- for gap detection and resolution (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- log transport services and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- scenarios (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- scenarios (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DelayMins property (Data Guard Broker)
- DELAY_SECONDS parameter (Advanced Replication)
- delegated administrative regions
- diagram (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- domains to (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- in Oracle Names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- under root (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DELEGATE_DOMAIN command (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- DELETE
- BLOB columns versus BFILE columns, and LOB indexing (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- delete
- using XSU (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- [subentry #2] (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DELETE ANY TABLE privilege
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- DELETE ANY TABLE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- Delete button, in Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- DELETE CASCADE
- effect on loading nonempty tables (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- delete cascade constraint (Concepts)
- DELETE collection method (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- DELETE command (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- EXPIRED option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- OBSOLETE option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- delete directive (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- defining (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- DELETE in a result set (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DELETE keyword (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- delete method (Java Developer's Guide)
- DELETE object privilege (SQL Reference)
- on a table (SQL Reference)
- on a view (SQL Reference)
- DELETE privilege (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- DELETE privilege for object tables (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- delete processing (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- [entry #2] (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DELETE SCRIPT command (Recovery Manager Reference)
- DELETE SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DELETE statement
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- [entry #5] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- column values and triggers (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- data consistency (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- embedded SQL examples (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- foreign key references (Concepts)
- freeing space in data blocks (Concepts)
- parallel DELETE statement (Data Warehousing Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions with tables (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- RETURNING clause (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- triggers (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- triggers for referential integrity (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- triggers on (SQL Reference)
- using host arrays in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using host tables (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- WHERE clause (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- WHERE clause in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DELETE STATISTICS clause
- of ANALYZE (SQL Reference)
- DELETE triggers (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- DELETE with FROM statement (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- deleteBLOBName(Connection, String, String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- deleteContent( ) (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (interMedia Java Classes User's Guide and Reference)
- deleteContent( ) method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- deleteData(String) - oracle.xml.classgen.CGNode.deleteData(java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- deleteLocalContent method (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- deleteRow() method (result set) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- deletes
- positioned (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- deletesAreDetected() method (database meta data) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DeleteSavepoint procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- deleteXML(Document) - oracle.xml.sql.dml.OracleXMLSave.deleteXML(org.w3c.dom.Document) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- deleteXMLName(Connection, String, String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DELETE_ALL_ERRORS procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_ALTER_SESSION procedure (OLAP User's Guide)
- DELETE_CATALOG_ROLE role (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DELETE_CATALOG_ROLE roll (Administrator's Guide)
- DELETE_COLUMN member procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DELETE_CONTROL option (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DELETE_ERROR procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- [entry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- delete_permission method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_RESTRICT option (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- deleting
- a previous version of a baseline (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- a previous version of a change plan (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- a previous version of a comparison (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- a task from the History page (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- backups (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- on multiple channels (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- baseline (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- change plan (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- comparison (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- copies (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- data (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- datafiles (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- expired backups (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- files (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- files after backups (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- object definitions (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- obsolete backups (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- on multiple device types (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- resources (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [subentry #2] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- row containing LOB
- internal persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- rows using extract() (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- rows with XMLType columns (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- savepoints (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- snapshots (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- using extract() (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- using RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- workspace (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- XML schema using DBMS_XMLSCHEMA (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- deleting
- a data item from a user-defined class (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- a previous version of a baseline (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- a previous version of a comparison (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- a task from the History page (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- an object (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- baseline (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- comparison (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- lines from a chart (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- recordings (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- user-defined analysis (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- user-defined classes (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- deleting databases
- with the DBCA (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- deleting disconnected nodes (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- deleting labeled data (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- deleting values from attributes (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- delimited data
- maximum length for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- delimited fields
- field length (Utilities)
- delimited LOBs (Utilities)
- delimiters (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- C versus SQL (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- in external tables (Utilities)
- initial and trailing example (Utilities)
- loading trailing blanks (Utilities)
- marks in data and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- specifying for external tables (Utilities)
- specifying for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader enclosure (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader field specifications (Utilities)
- termination (Utilities)
- demand planning systems (OLAP User's Guide)
- demo directory (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- demo directory (PL/SQL) (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- demo file (extdemo1.sql)
- extensible indexing in power demand example (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- demo utility
- support for (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- demobld.sql (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- demobld.sql file (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- demonstration programs (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- list (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- demos
- directory installation location (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- installing MAPI demo (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- installing Microsoft Excel demo (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- installing Microsoft PowerPoint demo (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- installing Microsoft Word demo (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- MAPI (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Microsoft application demo (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- Microsoft Excel (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Microsoft PowerPoint (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Microsoft Word (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Oracle COM Automation (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Oracle COM Automation for Java (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- running the Microsoft application demo (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- running the omtssamp.sql script (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- using the mtsdemousr username (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- account table (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- DEMO_DIM package (Data Warehousing Guide)
- denial-of-service attacks (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- denormalized tables (Concepts)
- dense collections (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- DENSE_RANK function (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- densification of arcs (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- Density (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- DEPARTMT.SQL script (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- dependencies
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- among PL/SQL library objects (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- between schema objects (Concepts)
- displaying (Administrator's Guide)
- displaying for a configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- function-based indexes (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- hierarchy of objects in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- in stored triggers (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- local (Concepts)
- managing (Concepts)
- minimizing (Advanced Replication)
- object (Data Guard Broker)
- on non-existence of other objects (Concepts)
- Oracle Forms triggers and (Concepts)
- privileges and (Concepts)
- remote objects and (Concepts)
- schema objects
- trigger management (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- shared pool and (Concepts)
- the timestamp model (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- dependencies and limitations (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- C API (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL API (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- dependency
- ordering
- replicated transactions (Advanced Replication)
- tracking
- parallel propagation (Advanced Replication)
- DEPENDENCY attribute
- LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_n initialization parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- dependency object definition
- adding to a plan (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- definition (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- viewing for an exemplar (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- dependency tracking
- row level (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- dependency tree (Data Guard Broker)
- DEPENDENCY_LIST (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- dependent destinations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- dependent object definition
- adding to a plan (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- definition (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- viewing for an exemplar (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- DEPENDING ON clause (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- deploying applications (Performance Planning)
- deployment
- considerations (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- CPU power (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- failover (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- replication (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- tuning (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- examples (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- partitioning (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- deployment options (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- Client/Server Deployment (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- Three Tier Deployment (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- Deployment Template Wizard (Advanced Replication)
- deployment templates (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- adding materialized views to (Advanced Replication)
- adding objects to (Replication Management API Reference)
- after instantiation (Advanced Replication)
- alter object (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- alter parameters (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- alter template (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- alter user authorization (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- alter user parameter values (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- architecture (Advanced Replication)
- authorize users (Replication Management API Reference)
- column subsetting (Advanced Replication)
- compare templates (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- concepts (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- copy template (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- create object from existing (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- create template (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- creating (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- data dictionary views for (Replication Management API Reference)
- data sets (Advanced Replication)
- DDL statements (Advanced Replication)
- definition storage (Advanced Replication)
- design (Advanced Replication)
- distributing files (Replication Management API Reference)
- drop site instantiation (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dropping (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dropping all (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dropping materialized view group (Replication Management API Reference)
- elements (Advanced Replication)
- flowchart for creating (Replication Management API Reference)
- general template information (Advanced Replication)
- instantiating (Replication Management API Reference)
- instantiation (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- offline (Advanced Replication)
- offline (Advanced Replication)
- online (Advanced Replication)
- online (Advanced Replication)
- options (Advanced Replication)
- process (Advanced Replication)
- scenarios (Advanced Replication)
- troubleshooting (Advanced Replication)
- instantiation script (Replication Management API Reference)
- local control (Advanced Replication)
- lock template (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- materialized view groups (Advanced Replication)
- materialized view logs (Advanced Replication)
- materialized view sites (Advanced Replication)
- monitoring (Replication Management API Reference)
- objects
- creating (Replication Management API Reference)
- creating (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- definitions (Advanced Replication)
- definitions (Advanced Replication)
- dropping (Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dropping all (Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping all (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- offline instantiation (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- online instantiation (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- packaging (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Replication Management API Reference)
- for offline instantiation (Advanced Replication)
- for offline instantiation (Replication Management API Reference)
- for online instantiation (Advanced Replication)
- for online instantiation (Replication Management API Reference)
- options (Advanced Replication)
- procedures (Advanced Replication)
- process (Advanced Replication)
- parameters (Advanced Replication)
- creating (Replication Management API Reference)
- creating (Replication Management API Reference)
- creating (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dropping (Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dropping all (Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping all (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- security (Advanced Replication)
- user values (Replication Management API Reference)
- preparing materialized view sites for (Advanced Replication)
- refresh groups (Advanced Replication)
- row subsetting (Advanced Replication)
- runtime parameters
- creating (Replication Management API Reference)
- creating (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- deleting (Replication Management API Reference)
- deleting (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- get ID (Replication Management API Reference)
- get ID (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- inserting (Replication Management API Reference)
- inserting (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- sites
- dropping (Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dropping all (Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping all (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- user authorization (Advanced Replication)
- user authorizations
- creating (Replication Management API Reference)
- creating (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dropping (Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dropping all (Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping all (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- user parameter values
- creating (Replication Management API Reference)
- creating (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dropping (Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dropping all (Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping all (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- user-defined types (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- WHERE clause (Advanced Replication)
- deployment, general considerations
- deploying pages with JDeveloper (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- deployment of binary files only (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- doc root, JServ (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- general pre-translation without execution (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- overview (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- use of ojspc pre-translation tool (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- deploync tool (Java Developer's Guide)
- deprecated commands
- Recovery Manager (Recovery Manager Reference)
- deprecated dynamic performance views (Migration)
- deprecated features
- [entry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- dictionary managed tablespaces (Migration)
- Oracle Dynamic Services (Migration)
- Oracle Syndication Server (Migration)
- deprecated initialization parameters (Migration)
- deprecated static data dictionary views (Migration)
- DEPT database table (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- DEPT table (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DEPTH (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- DEPTH column
- TKPROF_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- depth level (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- depth option (AuditorInstaller) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DEPTREE view (Reference)
- dequeue
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #3] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- client request for (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- dequeue mode (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- dequeue of messages after preview (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- DEQUEUE procedure (Streams)
- example (Streams)
- [subentry #2] (Streams)
- dequeue request
- server response (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- dequeuing (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- features (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- message navigation (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- methods (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- modes (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- multiple-consumer dequeuing of one message (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- navigation of messages (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- same message, multiple-consumer (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- using HTTP (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- with AQ XML servlet (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- DEREF function (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- dereference (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- dereferencing (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- implicit (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- deregistering a directory (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- derivational stemming
- enabling for English (Text Reference)
- derived data (OLAP User's Guide)
- derived Source objects
- definition (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- description (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- introduced (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- derivedFrom(XSDSimpleType, String, String) - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDSimpleType.derivedFrom(oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDSimpleType, java.lang.String, java.lang.String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DES. See Data Encryption Standard (DES) (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- DES40 encryption (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- DESC clause
- of CREATE INDEX (SQL Reference)
- DESC function (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- describe
- explicit (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- explicit and implicit (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- implicit (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of collections (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of databases (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of packages (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of schemas (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of sequences (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of stored functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of stored procedures (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of synonyms (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of tables (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of types (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of views (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- select-list (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE BIND VARIABLES statement
- in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE BIND VARIABLES statement
- use in Dynamic SQL Method 4 (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- describe cache high water mark
- definition (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- DESCRIBE command (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- use with PREPARE command (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE command (SQL*Plus) (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- connect_identifier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PL/SQL properties listed by (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- table properties listed by (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DESCRIBE DESCRIPTOR statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- describe functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- describe handle
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE INPUT statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- describe operation
- server round-trips (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE OUTPUT statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- describe phase of query processing (Concepts)
- DESCRIBE SELECT LIST statement
- in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE SELECT LIST statement
- use in Dynamic SQL Method 4 (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- DESCRIBE SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE statement
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- examples (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL Method 4 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use with PREPARE statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIPTION networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- DESCRIPTION parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- descriptions of collection attributes (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- descriptions of object classes (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- DESCRIPTION_LIST networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- descriptor (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- allocating (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- complex object retrieval (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- naming (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- objects (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- parameter (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- returning (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- ROWID (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- snapshot (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- descriptor areas (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- select descriptor (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- descriptor functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- descriptor objects (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- descriptorDirectory parameter (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- descriptors (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- bind descriptor (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- need for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- select descriptor (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLADR subroutine (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the sqlald() function to allocate (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the sqlclu() function to deallocate (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- descriptors
- reserved elements in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- DESC_TAB datatype (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DESDecrypt procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DESEncrypt procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- deserialization
- ArrayDescriptor object (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating a StructDescriptor object (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating an ArrayDescriptor object (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- definition of (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- definition of, 9-6 (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- StructDescriptor object (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- design
- logical (Data Warehousing Guide)
- OLE DB (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- physical (Data Warehousing Guide)
- design principles (Performance Planning)
- designating a data source for a user-defined class (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- designing management applications (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- designs
- debugging (Performance Planning)
- testing (Performance Planning)
- validating (Performance Planning)
- destination
- altering (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- archiving redo log files (Reference)
- dropping (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- overriding default (Reference)
- properties, specifying (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- starting (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- stopping (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- USER_DUMP_DEST (Reference)
- destination database
- [entry #2] (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- [entry #3] (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- [entry #4] (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for MySQL 3.22, 3.23 Migrations)
- executing a script at (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- generating a script for (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- keeping script changes made at (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- selecting (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- undoing script changes made at (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- destination queue (Streams)
- destination-level access control (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- destinations
- archived redo log parameters (Data Guard Broker)
- archived redo logs
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- optional (Administrator's Guide)
- sample scenarios (Administrator's Guide)
- cross-instance archival (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- dependent (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- setting cross-instance archival operations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- sharing among multiple standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- viewing the LogXptStatus property (Data Guard Broker)
- Destroy
- Java API (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- registry (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- DESTROY parameter
- for Import utility (Utilities)
- DestroyObject
- PL/SQL API (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- dest_char_set parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- detaching branches (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Detail (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- detail pane (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- detail tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Details Window (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- DETAIL_DATASTORE (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- DETAIL_DATASTORE object (Text Reference)
- example (Text Reference)
- detail_key attribute (Text Reference)
- detail_lineno attribute (Text Reference)
- detail_table attribute (Text Reference)
- detail_text attribute (Text Reference)
- detecting
- missing archived redo logs (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- network disconnects between primary and standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- determining
- the applied redo log data (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- the highest applicable (newest) SCN (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- determining current value of precompiler options (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DETERMINISTIC clause
- of CREATE FUNCTION (SQL Reference)
- DETERMINISTIC functions
- function-based indexes (Concepts)
- deterministic functions
- PL/SQL (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DETERMINISTIC hint (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- DETERMINISTIC keyword (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- Developer/2000 Applications
- upgrading (Migration)
- developers, application (Administrator's Guide)
- developer_mode config param (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- developing applications
- for Windows (Getting Started for Windows)
- development environments (Performance Planning)
- development tools (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- device types
- configuring in RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- devices
- minimum configuration requirements (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- DGMGRL commands
- FAILOVER (Data Guard Broker)
- SWITCHOVER (Data Guard Broker)
- DG_BROKER_CONFIG_FILEn file (Data Guard Broker)
- DG_BROKER_CONFIG_FILEn initialization parameter (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DG_BROKER_START initialization parameter (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #4] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #5] (Data Guard Broker)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- diacritic (Globalization Support Guide)
- diacritical marks
- characters with (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- DIAG
- Diagnosability Daemon (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- Diagnosability Daemon (DIAG) (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- diagnosing discovery errors (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- diagnosing. See troubleshooting (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- diagnostic and tuning utilities
- for Windows (Getting Started for Windows)
- diagnostics
- clusterware (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- Diagnostics Pack (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- diagrams of database state transitions (Data Guard Broker)
- dialup line (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- DICT synonym for DICTIONARY (Reference)
- dictionary
- Korean (Text Reference)
- See data dictionary (Concepts)
- user (Text Reference)
- dictionary cache (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- locks (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- dictionary cache locks (Concepts)
- dictionary managed tablespaces (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- compatibility (Migration)
- deprecated (Migration)
- interoperability (Migration)
- dictionary protection mechanism (Administrator's Guide)
- DICTIONARY view (Reference)
- DICT synonym (Reference)
- dictionary-managed tablespaces (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- migrating SYSTEM to locally managed (Administrator's Guide)
- dictionary_obj_owner event attribute (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- dictionary_obj_owner_list event attribute (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- dictionary_obj_type event attribute (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- DICT_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- differ (XMLDiff) bean (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- difference (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- difference views (xxx_DIFF) (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- differences
- between tables (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- rectifying (Replication Management API Reference)
- rectifying (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- different-row writers block writers (Concepts)
- differential incremental backups (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- Diffie-Hellman key negotiation algorithm (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- digest table (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- digests option, jar (customizer harness) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- digital signatures (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Digital's POLYCENTER Manager on NetView (Administrator's Guide)
- digits of precision (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- dimension (in SDO_GTYPE) (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- GET_DIMS method (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- GET_LRS_DIM method (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- dimension alias (OLAP User's Guide)
- dimension attributes
- creating (OLAP User's Guide)
- defined (OLAP User's Guide)
- viewing (OLAP User's Guide)
- DIMENSION clause (limit maps) (OLAP User's Guide)
- DIMENSION command (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- Dimension Creation Wizard (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- dimension hierarchies
- See (OLAP User's Guide)
- dimension of host tables (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- dimension order in models (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- dimension status (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- effect of MAINTAIN command on (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- effect on expressions (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- examining (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- if dimension is empty (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- if valueset is empty (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- null (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- of concat dimension (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- of conjoint dimension (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- of dimensions used by composites (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- restoring (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- retrieving current values (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- retrieving default values (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- saving (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- saving current status (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- setting to a list of values (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- setting to a literal value (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- setting to null (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- setting using position in dimension (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- when reading files (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- dimension surrogates
- defining (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- differences from dimensions (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- in expressions (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- dimension tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (OLAP User's Guide)
- normalized (Data Warehousing Guide)
- dimension values
- comparing (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- translating when reading files (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- dimension views
- defining for workspace objects (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- Dimension Wizard (Data Warehousing Guide)
- dimension-based equations (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- dimensional modeling (Data Warehousing Guide)
- dimensions (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- adding values to (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- altering (Data Warehousing Guide)
- analytic workspace (OLAP User's Guide)
- analyzing (Data Warehousing Guide)
- assigning values to (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- attributes (Concepts)
- adding (SQL Reference)
- changing (SQL Reference)
- defining (SQL Reference)
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- comparing values (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- compiling invalidated (SQL Reference)
- concat (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- creating (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (OLAP User's Guide)
- defined (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- defining (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- defining in a program (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- defining levels (SQL Reference)
- definition (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- deleting values from (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- dimension tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- dropping (Data Warehousing Guide)
- embedded-total (OLAP User's Guide)
- examining values in status (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- examples (SQL Reference)
- exposing in views (OLAP User's Guide)
- granting system privileges on (SQL Reference)
- hierarchical (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- hierarchies (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- adding (SQL Reference)
- changing (SQL Reference)
- defining (SQL Reference)
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- join key (Concepts)
- hierarchies overview (Data Warehousing Guide)
- how data is stored (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- in expressions (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- in OLAP metadata (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- level of detail (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- levels
- adding (SQL Reference)
- defining (SQL Reference)
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- limiting to a percentage of values (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- limiting to Boolean expressions (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- limiting to bottom performers (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- limiting to related dimension (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- limiting to single value (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- limiting to top performers (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- limiting when reading files (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- limiting, based on position (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- limiting, using a valueset (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- limiting, using hierarchical relationship (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- looping over values of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- maintaining when reading files (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- materialized views (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- MdmDimension objects (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- merging values into (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- multiple (Data Warehousing Guide)
- normalized or denormalized tables (Concepts)
- numeric value of text dimension (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- of expression (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- of relations (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- position of values in valueset (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- QDR with (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- relations between (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- removing from the database (SQL Reference)
- repositioning values in (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- restoring previous values (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- retrieving default status list (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- retrieving list of objects related to (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- running programs when limiting (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- saving current values (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- sorting values in (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- Source objects for (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- star joins (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- star queries (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- storage of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- surrogate for (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- types of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- validating (Data Warehousing Guide)
- ways to define (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- with query rewrite (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DIMINFO (in USER_SDO_GEOM_METADATA) (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- dir option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- dir option (sqlj -dir) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- direct allocation (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- direct connect driver
- performing service lookup operations (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- performing synchronous service executions (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- direct hand-off
- described (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- events in listener.log (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- direct loads (New Features)
- DIRECT parameter
- for Export utility (Utilities)
- direct path
- of date columns (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- direct path Export (Utilities)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
- compared to conventional path (Utilities)
- effect of EXEMPT ACCESS POLICY privilege (Utilities)
- performance issues (Utilities)
- security considerations (Utilities)
- direct path function context (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- direct path handles (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- direct path load
- advantages (Utilities)
- behavior when discontinued (Utilities)
- capture processes (Streams)
- choosing sort order
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- compared to conventional path load (Utilities)
- concurrent (Utilities)
- conditions for use (Utilities)
- data saves (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- DIRECT command-line parameter
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- dropping indexes (Utilities)
- effect of disabling archiving (Utilities)
- effect of PRIMARY KEY constraints (Utilities)
- effect of UNIQUE KEY constraints (Utilities)
- example (Utilities)
- fast refresh (Advanced Replication)
- field defaults (Utilities)
- improper sorting
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- indexes (Utilities)
- instance recovery (Utilities)
- intersegment concurrency (Utilities)
- intrasegment concurrency (Utilities)
- loading into synonyms (Utilities)
- location of data conversion (Utilities)
- media recovery (Utilities)
- optimizing on multiple-CPU systems (Utilities)
- partitioned load
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- performance (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- preallocating storage (Utilities)
- presorting data (Utilities)
- recovery (Utilities)
- ROWS command-line parameter (Utilities)
- setting up (Utilities)
- specifying (Utilities)
- specifying number of rows to be read (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader data loading method (Utilities)
- table insert triggers (Utilities)
- temporary segment storage requirements (Utilities)
- triggers (Utilities)
- using (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- version requirements (Utilities)
- direct path load operations
- physical standby databases and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- direct path loading (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- column array handle attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- column parameter attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- context handle attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- datatypes of columns (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- direct path column array handle (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- direct path context handle (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- direct path stream handle (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- handle attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- handles (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- in pieces (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- limitations (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- stream handle attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- direct path read events (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- actions (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- causes (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- direct path wait events (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- direct path write events
- actions (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- causes (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- direct-path INSERT (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- index maintenance (Concepts)
- logging mode (Concepts)
- parallel INSERT (Concepts)
- parallel load compared with parallel INSERT (Concepts)
- restrictions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- serial INSERT (Concepts)
- direct-path load (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- directed networks (Streams)
- apply forwarding (Streams)
- queue forwarding (Streams)
- direction of geometric segment (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- concatenation result (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- directive
- applications used to create (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- defining (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- definition (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- extending the scope of (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- viewing the changes specified by (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- directives (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- also known as declarative statements (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- global directives, globals.jsa (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- include directive (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- overview (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- page directive (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- taglib directive (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- directories
- access control (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- ACL placement (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- ACLs (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- application-specific (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- applications (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- as read-focused (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- attribute matching rules (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- attribute syntax (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- attributes (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- authentication (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- backup and recovery (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- benefits (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- catalog views (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- command-line tools (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- comparison with databases (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- configuration
- after database installation (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- after database installation (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- client installation (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Context (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- configuration tools
- Database Configuration Assistant (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Net Configuration Assistant (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Net Configuration Assistant (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- contrasted to relational databases (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- data units (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- database listener (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- deployment factors (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- directory information trees (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- distinguished names (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- distributed (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- distribution (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- entries (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- entry format (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- entry naming (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- expanding role of (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- extensibility (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- features (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Globalization Support (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- guidelines for usage (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- information flow (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- installation (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- load estimation (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- location-independent (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- modification (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- namespace design (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- NOS (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- ownership and privileges (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- partitioned (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- partitions (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- password, changing (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- read-focused (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- read-to-write ratio (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- referrals (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- relative distinguished names (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- replication (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- replication groups (DRGs) (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- and replication agreements (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- establishing (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- installing (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- schema (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- managing (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- schema discovery (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- security (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- special purpose (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- standards (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- system requirements (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- testing (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- directories. (SQL Reference)
- directory
- changing password (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- for generated .class and .ser (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for generated .java (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- information tree (DIT)
- browsing (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- registration (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- servers
- processes (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- directory
- current (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- directory alias (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- directory alias translation--see alias translation (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- directory aliases (OLAP User's Guide)
- exporting (Utilities)
- importing (Utilities)
- directory applications, examples of (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- directory base
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- defining (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- directory configuration
- adding users to the OracleNetAdmins group (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- after installation (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- choosing a directory server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- default configuration (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- exporting
- aliases in Oracle Names to net service aliases in a directory (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service names from a tnsnames.ora file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- objects from Oracle Names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- for clients and servers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- migrating
- aliases in Oracle Names to net service aliases in a directory (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service names from a tnsnames.ora file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- objects from Oracle Names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Context creation (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle schema creation (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- setting up for first-time usage (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- directory deployment factors
- Oracle Advanced Queuing (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Advanced Security (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Dynamic Services (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Net Services (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- directory entries
- Application Context (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- attributes (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- definition (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- examples (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Advanced Queuing (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Advanced Security (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Dynamic Services (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Net Services (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- suitability (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- directory for media (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- directory information tree (DIT) (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- audit log entries in (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- hierarchy and structure (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- organizing (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- organizing to reflect data ownership boundaries (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- directory information trees
- Application Context (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- design (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- naming contexts (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Advanced Queuing (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Advanced Security (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Dynamic Services (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Net Services (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- directory integration profiles (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- directory integration server
- and configuration set entries (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- described (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- LDAP connections (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- log file location (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- registering (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- registration tool (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- restarting (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- runtime information (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- starting (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- stopping (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- viewing information (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- directory integration toolkit (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- directory interoperability (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- directory migration
- from Oracle Names servers (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- from tnsnames.ora file (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- to Oracle Names LDAP Proxy servers (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- DIRECTORY name specification (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- directory naming (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- absolute naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- advantages and disadvantages (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- architecture (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- authentication methods
- native (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- simple (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SSL (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- strong (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- connecting to database services (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connecting with (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connections
- using an entry's absolute name (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- using an entry's relative name (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Database Configuration Assistant (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- establishing a connection with (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- exporting
- aliases from Oracle Names to net service aliases in a directory (Net Services Reference Guide)
- aliases in Oracle Names to net service aliases in a directory (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service names from a tnsnames.ora file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- objects from Oracle Names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- objects from Oracle Names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- objects from Oracle Names (Net Services Reference Guide)
- Java Database Connectivity (JDBC)
- OCI drivers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- OCI drivers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Thin drivers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Thin drivers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) Thin drivers (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ldap.ora file
- creating (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- described (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ldapwrite tool (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ldap_search limitations (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- listener configuration for (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- migrating
- aliases from Oracle Names to net service aliases in a directory (Net Services Reference Guide)
- net service names from a tnsnames.ora file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- objects from Oracle Names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- objects from Oracle Names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- objects from Oracle Names (Net Services Reference Guide)
- object classes (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- objects
- database services (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- global database links (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service aliases (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Context (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Names LDAP Proxy servers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Net Configuration Assistant (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- advantages relative to session multiplexing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- defined (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- using with shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- OracleContextAdmins group (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- OracleDBCreators group (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- DIRECTORY object (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- catalog views (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- getting the alias and filename (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- guidelines for usage (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- names on Windows NT (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- naming convention (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- OS file must exist before locator use, and (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- READ permission on object not individual files (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- rules for using (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- symbolic links (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- symbolic links, and (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- directory objects
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- as aliases for operating system directories (SQL Reference)
- auditing (SQL Reference)
- creating (SQL Reference)
- granting system privileges on (SQL Reference)
- redefining (SQL Reference)
- removing from the database (SQL Reference)
- directory path
- INCLUDE files (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- directory path
- for INCLUDE files (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- directory replication groups (DRGs) (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- directory replication server
- log file location (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- directory replication servers (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- configuration set entries (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- in a Real Application Clusters environment (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- starting (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- stopping (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- directory schema (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- managing (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- directory security
- administrative roles (Security Overview)
- Application Context (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- application security (Security Overview)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- domains and roles (Security Overview)
- Oracle Advanced Queuing (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Advanced Security (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Dynamic Services (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Net Services (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- directory server
- log file location (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- modifying (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Directory Server Migration Wizard (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Directory servers (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- directory servers
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- adding (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- as both suppliers and consumers (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- attributes (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- automatic discovery of directory servers (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- changing parameters in an active instance (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- configuration set entries (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- connecting to (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- in a typical directory operation (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- connecting to additional (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- connecting to one on a different host (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- connecting to, by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- creating security domains (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- debug level (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- directory information tree (DIT) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- disconnecting, by using Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- distinguished name (DN) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- enhancement of directory object type descriptions (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- entry (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- features integrated with Oracle9i (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- how Oracle directory objects display in Active Directory (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- in multi-master replication (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- in normal mode (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- in replicated environment (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- in secure mode (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- integration with Active Directory (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- integration with Microsoft tools (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- integration with Windows login credentials (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- ldapwrite tool (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ldap_search tool (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Microsoft Active Directory (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- modifying configuration set entries (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- multimaster replication between (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- multithreaded (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Context (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Internet Directory (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- parameters
- configuring (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- configuring by using command-line tools (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- performance (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- processes (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- multiple (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- relative distinguished name (RDN) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- requirements for creating enterprise user security in Active Directory (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- requirements for creating Oracle Net directory naming in Active Directory (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- requirements for using Oracle with Active Directory (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- restarting (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- running (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- security (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- specifying host (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- start failure (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- starting
- mandatory arguments (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- mandatory arguments (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- syntax (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- syntax (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- with default configuration (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- with default configuration (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- without configuration sets (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- stopping (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- terminating (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- user interface extensions (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- using different configuration set entries (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- directory service
- See also (Administrator's Guide)
- directory structure
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- of physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- UNIX (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- directory structures (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- directory usage configuration
- after database installation (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- client installation (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- Directory Usage configuration option in Oracle Net Configuration Assistant (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Directory Usage Configuration page in Oracle Net Configuration Assistant (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- directory usage patterns, learning (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- DirectoryReplicationGroupDSAs (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- directory_alias parameter (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- DIRECTORY_SERVERS networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- DIRECTORY_SERVER_TYPE networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- DIRECT_DATASTORE (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- DIRECT_DATASTORE object (Text Reference)
- example (Text Reference)
- DIRPASSWORD column (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- dirty block (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- dirty buffer (Concepts)
- incremental checkpoint (Concepts)
- dirty read (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- dirty reads (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- dirty write (Concepts)
- DISABLE ALL TRIGGERS clause
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- disable buffering (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- DISABLE clause
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TRIGGER (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- DISABLE CONFIGURATION command (Data Guard Broker)
- example (Data Guard Broker)
- DISABLE constraints (Concepts)
- DISABLE DISTRIBUTED RECOVERY clause
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- disable method (Java Developer's Guide)
- DISABLE NOVALIDATE constraint state (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- Disable Out-of-Band Break option in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DISABLE PARALLEL DML clause
- of ALTER SESSION (SQL Reference)
- DISABLE QUERY REWRITE clause
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DISABLE RESOURCE command (Data Guard Broker)
- example (Data Guard Broker)
- DISABLE RESTRICTED SESSION clause
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DISABLE RESUMABLE clause
- of ALTER SESSION (SQL Reference)
- DISABLE ROW MOVEMENT clause (Administrator's Guide)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DISABLE SITE command (Data Guard Broker)
- example (Data Guard Broker)
- DISABLE STORAGE IN ROW (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- when to use (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- DISABLE STORAGE IN ROW clause
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- DISABLE TABLE LOCK clause
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- DISABLE THREAD clause
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- disable tuning rule (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- DISABLE VALIDATE constraint state (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- disabled constraints (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DISABLED indexes (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- DISABLED keyword, disabling commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- disablePropagationSchedule (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DisableVersioning procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DISABLE_DB_ACCESS procedure (Streams)
- DISABLE_OOB networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- disable_permission method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- DISABLE_POLICY procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DISABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE procedure (Streams)
- DISABLE_SCHEMA_POLICY procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DISABLE_TABLE_POLICY procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- disabling
- a destination for archived redo logs (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- apply delay interval (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- archived redo log operations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- database resources (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- escape processing (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- integrity constraints (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- iSQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PL/SQL commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- propagation (Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- propagation jobs (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- propagation schedule (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- roles (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- See also (Data Guard Broker)
- sites (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- SQL commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- the archive history (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- threads (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- triggers (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- workspace changes (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- freezing (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- unfreezing (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- disabling a storage group (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- HP platform (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- Sun platform (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- disabling an IP address (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- HP platform (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- Sun platform (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- disabling audit options (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- disabling auditing (Administrator's Guide)
- disabling recoverer process
- distributed transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- disabling resource limits (Administrator's Guide)
- disabling SSL (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- disambiguators
- in thesaural queries (Text Reference)
- in thesaurus import file (Text Reference)
- DISASSOCIATE STATISTICS statement (SQL Reference)
- disaster planning
- high availability (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- disaster protection
- benefits (Data Guard Broker)
- disaster recovery (Concepts)
- benefits (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- configuring (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- provided by Data Guard (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- provided by standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- ReadMe file at standby site (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- using RMAN (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- DISCARD conflict resolution handler (Streams)
- discard conflict resolution method (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- discard files
- DB2 load utility (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- example (Utilities)
- specifying a maximum (Utilities)
- DISCARD parameter
- for SQL*Loader command-line (Utilities)
- DISCARDDN parameter
- in DB2 control file (Utilities)
- discarded SQL*Loader records (Utilities)
- causes (Utilities)
- discard file (Utilities)
- limiting (Utilities)
- DISCARDMAX parameter
- for SQL*Loader command-line (Utilities)
- DISCARDS parameter
- in DB2 control file (Utilities)
- Disconnect
- button, in Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- menu item, in Oracle Directory Manager (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- DISCONNECT command (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Disconnect event (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DISCONNECT FROM SESSION (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DISCONNECT option
- of managed recovery operations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DISCONNECT SESSION clause
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DISCONNECT statement (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- disconnected nodes (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- [entry #2] (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- deleting (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Disconnected Source Model Load (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- [entry #2] (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- disconnecting
- from Recovery Manager (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- disconnecting
- from historical database (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- disconnecting from directory servers (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- disconnecting from instances (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- multiple sessions (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- user process (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- disconnections
- auditing (Administrator's Guide)
- discontinued loads (Utilities)
- continuing (Utilities)
- conventional path behavior (Utilities)
- direct path behavior (Utilities)
- discovering
- primary and standby nodes (Data Guard Broker)
- discovering Oracle Names servers
- described (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- procedure (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- discovering primary and standby nodes (Data Guard Broker)
- discovering services
- Navigator (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- SQL*Net network (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- discovery (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- problems (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- discovery errors (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- discovery failure (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- Discovery Process for NT (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- Discovery Process for UNIX (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- discovery status (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- Discovery Wizard (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- Discovery wizard (Data Guard Broker)
- discrete transaction management
- summary (Concepts)
- discretionary access control (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- discretionary access control (DAC) (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- least privilege (Security Overview)
- discretization (binning) (Data Mining Concepts)
- sample programs (Data Mining Concepts)
- DISJOINT mask relationship (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- disk affinities
- and parallel query (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- disabling with massively parallel processing (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- disk affinity
- disabling with MPP (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel DML (Data Warehousing Guide)
- partitions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- disk API (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- disk channels
- preconfigured (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- disk corruption (New Features)
- disk drives
- archiving destination (Reference)
- disk failure. (Concepts)
- disk failures (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- Disk Full event test (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- disk reads and buffer gets
- monitoring (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- Disk Reads data view (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Disk Reads/Execution Ratio data view (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Disk Reads/Logical Reads Ratio data view (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Disk Reads/Rows Fetched Ratio data view (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- disk space
- controlling allocation for tables (Concepts)
- datafiles used to allocate (Concepts)
- disk space requirements (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- detailed calculations of (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- estimating (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- disk statistics (Performance Planning)
- disk storage requirements for spatial applications (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- disk striping
- [entry #2] (Getting Started for Windows)
- affinity (Data Warehousing Guide)
- disk striping of LOB files (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- disk subsystems (Real Application Clusters Concepts)
- disk tuning (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- disk usage (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- disk writes
- reasons for (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- DISKRATIO parameter
- BACKUP command (Recovery Manager Reference)
- disks
- contention (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- monitoring operating system file activity (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DISK_ASYNCH_IO initialization parameter (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- dispatcher
- defined (SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- dispatcher processes (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- creating additional (SQL Reference)
- maximum number (Reference)
- terminating (SQL Reference)
- dispatcher processes (Dnnn)
- definition (Concepts)
- described (Concepts)
- limiting SGA space for each session (Concepts)
- listener process and (Concepts)
- network protocols and (Concepts)
- prevent startup and shutdown (Concepts)
- response queue and (Concepts)
- user processes connect through Oracle Net Services (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- dispatcher threads
- multithreaded Heterogeneous Services agents (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- dispatchers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- described (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- number to start (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- setting the number of (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DISPATCHERS (DIS or DISP) attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DISPATCHERS initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- [entry #5] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ADDRESS attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- configuring connection pooling (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CONNECTIONS attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DISPATCHERS attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- LISTENER attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- MULTIPLEX attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- POOL attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- PROTOCOL attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SERVICE attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SESSIONS attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- setting initially (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- TICKS attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DISPATCHERS parameter
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- for the shared server (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- MULTIPLEX attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- PROTOCOL attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- dispatchEvent(Event) - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNode.dispatchEvent(org.w3c.dom.events.Event) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DISPLAY
- Oracle external datatype (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- DISPLAY datatype (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- displaying
- a directory entry (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- a subtree (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- alert log (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Guard configuration log (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Guard Manager quick tour (Data Guard Broker)
- help for CLI commands (Data Guard Broker)
- help for Data Guard Manager (Data Guard Broker)
- LOB data for internal persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- properties (Data Guard Broker)
- states (Data Guard Broker)
- summary information
- configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- database resource (Data Guard Broker)
- site (Data Guard Broker)
- temporary LOB data (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects (LOBs))
- displaying
- a chart legend (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- existing user-defined analyses (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- predefined analyses (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- displaying Cluster Details (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- displaying current status of packs (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- displaying Index Details (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- displaying service response (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- displaying Table Details (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- displaying the current status of Oracle Real Application Clusters Guard (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- DisplayName parameter (Security and Network Integration Guide for Windows)
- distance
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_NN_DISTANCE ancillary operator (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- WITHIN_DISTANCE function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- distance units (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- distance-based clustering model (Data Mining Concepts)
- DISTINCT clause
- of SELECT (SQL Reference)
- distinct hash values (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- distinct keys (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- distinct method
- description (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- DISTINCT operator (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- optimizing views (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- distinct queries (SQL Reference)
- DISTINCT row operator (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- Distinct Values (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- Distinguished Name (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- distinguished name (Reference)
- distinguished name (DN) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Distinguished Names (New Features)
- distinguished names (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- as attributes (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- components of (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- format (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- in LDIF files (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- modifying (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using command line tools (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- by using ldapmoddn (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- distinguishedNameMatch matching rule (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- DistribTX
- attributes
- connection string (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- C#
- connection string (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- example (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- connection string attribute for commands (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- distributed applications
- distributing data (Administrator's Guide)
- Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- Distributed Computing Environment (DCE)
- authentication (Security Overview)
- [subentry #2] (Security Overview)
- backward compatibility (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- CDS naming adapter components (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- communication and security (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- components (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- configuration files required (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- configuring a server (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- configuring clients for DCE integration (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- configuring clients to use DCE CDS naming (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- configuring server (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- configuring to use DCE Integration (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- connecting
- to an Oracle database (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- connecting clients without access to DCE and CDS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- connecting to an Oracle server (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- externally authenticated accounts (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- listener.ora parameters (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- mapping groups to Oracle roles,syntax (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Multi-Protocol Interchange (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- protocol.ora file parameters (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- REMOTE_OS_AUTHENT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- sample address in tnsnames.ora file (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- sample listener.ora file (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- sample parameter files (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- sample tnsnames.ora file (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Secure Core services (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- setting up external roles (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- starting the listener (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- tnsnames.ora files (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- verifying DCE group mapping (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- verifying dce_service_name (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Distributed Database Management (Oracle Enterprise Manager Concepts Guide)
- distributed databases
- administration
- overview (Administrator's Guide)
- application development
- analyzing execution plan (Administrator's Guide)
- controlling connections (Administrator's Guide)
- handling errors (Administrator's Guide)
- handling RPC errors (Administrator's Guide)
- managing distribution of data (Administrator's Guide)
- managing referential integrity (Administrator's Guide)
- tuning distributed queries (Administrator's Guide)
- tuning using collocated inline views (Administrator's Guide)
- using cost-based optimization (Administrator's Guide)
- using hints to tune queries (Administrator's Guide)
- auditing and (Concepts)
- backups (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- change-based recovery (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- client/server architectures (Administrator's Guide)
- client/server architectures and (Concepts)
- commit point strength (Administrator's Guide)
- connecting to (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- coordinated time-based recovery (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- cost-based optimization (Administrator's Guide)
- deadlocks and (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- dependent schema objects and (Concepts)
- distributed processing (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed queries (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed updates (Administrator's Guide)
- distributing an application's data (Administrator's Guide)
- global database names
- how they are formed (Administrator's Guide)
- global object names (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- global users
- schema-dependent (Administrator's Guide)
- schema-independent (Administrator's Guide)
- Globalization Support (Administrator's Guide)
- job queue processes (Concepts)
- location transparency (Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- creating using procedures (Administrator's Guide)
- creating using synonyms (Administrator's Guide)
- creating using views (Administrator's Guide)
- restrictions (Administrator's Guide)
- management tools (Administrator's Guide)
- managing read consistency (Administrator's Guide)
- multiple policies (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- nodes of (Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Label Security configuration (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Administrator's Guide)
- preparing to upgrade (Migration)
- recoverer process (RECO) and (Concepts)
- recovery (User-Managed Backup and Recovery Guide)
- referential integrity
- application development (Administrator's Guide)
- referential integrity and (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- remote dependencies (Concepts)
- remote object security (Administrator's Guide)
- remote queries and updates (Administrator's Guide)
- remote session label (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- remote stored procedures (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- replicated databases and (Administrator's Guide)
- resumable space allocation (Administrator's Guide)
- running in ARCHIVELOG mode (Administrator's Guide)
- running in NOARCHIVELOG mode (Administrator's Guide)
- scenarios (Administrator's Guide)
- security (Administrator's Guide)
- server can also be client in (Concepts)
- site autonomy (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL transparency (Administrator's Guide)
- starting a remote instance (Administrator's Guide)
- statement optimization on (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- taking backups (Backup and Recovery Concepts)
- transaction processing (Administrator's Guide)
- transparency (Administrator's Guide)
- queries (Administrator's Guide)
- updates (Administrator's Guide)
- triggers and (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- distributed directories (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- partitioned (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- partitions and replicas (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- replicated (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- distributed environments (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- [entry #2] (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- emulate temporary tables (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- entity integrity constraints (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- error handling (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- error-handling semantics (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- exception-handling semantics (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- EXECUTE statement (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- explicit transaction model (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- extent (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- features (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- FETCH request (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- Flat File Generation Scripts (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- FLOAT data type (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- function, schema object (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- functions, defining in Oracle (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- global variables (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- [subentry #2] (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- GOTO statement (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- IF statement (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- IMAGE data type (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- implicit transaction model (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- IN OUT parameter (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- individual SQL statements (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- INSERT statement (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- INSERT triggers (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- locking concepts (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- logical transaction (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- logical transaction handling (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- maintenance of temporary tables (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- mathematical functions (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- metadata flat files
- generating (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase Adaptive Server Migrations)
- distributed management framework (Data Guard Broker)
- distributed processing
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- support for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using Oracle Net for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- distributed processing environment
- client/server architecture in (Concepts)
- data manipulation statements (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- described (Concepts)
- materialized views (snapshots) (Concepts)
- distributed queries (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- analyzing tables (Administrator's Guide)
- application development issues (Administrator's Guide)
- cost-based optimization (Administrator's Guide)
- handling errors (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- optimizing (Administrator's Guide)
- optimizing performance (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- restrictions on (SQL Reference)
- distributed resources
- sequence (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- distributed schema management (Advanced Replication)
- distributed systems
- data encryption (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed transaction ID component (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- distributed transaction processing architecture (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- Distributed Transactions (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- distributed transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- branch qualifier (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- case study (Administrator's Guide)
- check for same resource manager (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- commit a transaction branch (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- commit point site (Administrator's Guide)
- commit point strength (Administrator's Guide)
- committing (Administrator's Guide)
- components and scenarios (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- concepts (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- database server role (Administrator's Guide)
- defined (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed transaction ID component (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DML and DDL (Administrator's Guide)
- end a transaction branch (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- enlistment
- environment handles (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- example of implementation (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- failure during (Administrator's Guide)
- features, new (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- FORCE_ANY_TRANSACTION privilege (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- getting started
- with Microsoft Transaction Server and an Oracle database (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- global coordinator (Administrator's Guide)
- global transaction identifier (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- hardware configuration
- optimizing to improve performance (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- ID format identifier (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- in-doubt (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- in-doubt transactions
- definition (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES initialization parameter (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- resolving (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- scheduling automatic recovery (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- starting SNP processes (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- viewing (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- introduction (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- local coordinator (Administrator's Guide)
- lock timeout interval (Administrator's Guide)
- locked resources (Administrator's Guide)
- locks for in-doubt (Administrator's Guide)
- management (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- manually overriding in-doubt (Administrator's Guide)
- naming (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- optimizing (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- Oracle XA connection implementation (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle XA data source implementation (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle XA ID implementation (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle XA optimizations (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle XA resource implementation (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- parallel DDL restrictions (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel DML restrictions (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- prepare a transaction branch (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- problems with (Advanced Replication)
- recovery in single-process systems (Administrator's Guide)
- roll back a transaction branch (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- routing statements to nodes (Concepts)
- sample table scan not supported (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- session trees (Administrator's Guide)
- clients (Administrator's Guide)
- commit point site (Administrator's Guide)
- commit point site (Administrator's Guide)
- database servers (Administrator's Guide)
- global coordinators (Administrator's Guide)
- local coordinators (Administrator's Guide)
- setting advice (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying
- commit point strength (Administrator's Guide)
- start a transaction branch (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- tracing session tree (Administrator's Guide)
- transaction branch ID component (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- transaction control statements (Administrator's Guide)
- transaction timeouts (Administrator's Guide)
- two-phase commit (Administrator's Guide)
- discovering problems (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- two-phase commit and (Concepts)
- viewing information about (Administrator's Guide)
- XA connection interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- XA data source interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- XA error handling (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- XA exception classes (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- XA ID interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- XA resource functionality (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- XA resource interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- distributed updates (Administrator's Guide)
- DISTRIBUTED_LOCK_TIMEOUT initialization parameter (Reference)
- distributing I/O (Administrator's Guide)
- distribution
- hints for (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DISTRIBUTION column
- PLAN_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DISTRIBUTION parameter in ORAPARAM.INI (Universal Installer Concepts Guide)
- distribution, of directories (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- DIT. See directory information tree (DIT) (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- DITs. (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- DIVIDEBYZERO option (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- DL.RDBMS.OMD Oracle Names record (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- DLCR.RDBMS.OMD Oracle Names record (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- DLL
- debugging (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- naming conventions (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- DLL statements
- stored procedures (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- DLLs
- compared to UNIX shared libraries (Getting Started for Windows)
- displaying with Task List (Getting Started for Windows)
- environment variables
- ORACLE_HOME (Getting Started for Windows)
- TNS_ADMIN (Getting Started for Windows)
- external procedures (Getting Started for Windows)
- Oracle Performance Monitor (Getting Started for Windows)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters (Getting Started for Windows)
- DML
- affect on scoring (Text Reference)
- and SQL (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- and the OLAP API (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- definition (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- using (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- view pending (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- DML (Data Manipulation Language) (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DML errors
- viewing (Text Reference)
- DML handlers (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- creating (Streams)
- [subentry #2] (Streams)
- monitoring (Streams)
- removing (Streams)
- setting (Streams)
- DML locks (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- DML processing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- background (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- batch (Text Reference)
- DML queue (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- viewing (Text Reference)
- DML Returning Clause (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DML returning clause (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DML returning clauses (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DML statements
- [entry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- captured by Change Data Capture (Data Warehousing Guide)
- executing (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- replication
- troubleshooting problems (Advanced Replication)
- DML transactions
- filtering from SQL apply operations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DML with RETURNING clause
- See RETURNING clause (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DML. (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DML. See data manipulation language (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DML_LOCKS initialization parameter (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- compatibility (Migration)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DML_LOCKS parameter (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration)
- DMON
- See (Data Guard Broker)
- DMS
- connect to (Data Mining Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- DNs (distinguished names) (Directory Service Integration and Deployment Guide)
- DNS (Domain Name System) (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- DNS Name (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- DNS-style naming convention (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- DNs. See distinguished names. (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- DNs. see distinguished names. (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- DNSTIAR subprogram (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DO action
- in the WHENEVER statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- of WHENEVER directive (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- result of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DO action
- in the WHENEVER statement (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- DO CALL (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DO CALL action
- of WHENEVER directive (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Do not use columns on both sides of operator (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- DO PERFORM action
- of WHENEVER directive (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- doc root
- for JServ (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- functionality (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- DocType Node, Creating (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DOCTYPE, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DOCUMENT
- clause (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- document
- fidelity (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- filtering to HTML and plain text (Text Reference)
- no order (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- no order with extract() (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- order (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [subentry #2] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- order with extract() (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- ordering preserved in mapping (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- document classification (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- document clones in multiple threads (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DOCUMENT command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- REMARK as newer version of (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- document filtering
- Inso (Text Reference)
- document format
- affect on index performance (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- affect on performance (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- document formats
- filtering (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- supported (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Text Reference)
- unsupported (Text Reference)
- document hit count
- presenting (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- document invalidation (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- document loading
- methods (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SQL*Loader (Text Reference)
- Document Object Model, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- document presentation
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- procedures (Text Reference)
- document sections (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- document services
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- logging requests (Text Reference)
- document type definition (DTD) (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- Document Type Definition, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DOCUMENT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- documentation (New Features)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- Documentation Accessibility (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [entry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Messages Manual)
- documentation, other Oracle (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- documentation, related (Internet Directory Application Developer's Guide)
- DocumentBuilder - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DocumentBuilder (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DocumentBuilder() - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DocumentBuilder.DocumentBuilder() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- documents (Oracle Enterprise Manager Configuration Guide)
- C (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- C++ (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- Java (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- PL/SQL (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DocumentType (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- doGet(HttpServletRequest, HttpServletResponse) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DOM (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- API (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- differences (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- explained (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- fidelity (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [subentry #2] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [subentry #3] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [subentry #4] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [subentry #5] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [subentry #6] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- interface (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- introduced (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- Java API (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [subentry #2] (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- Java API features (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- NodeList (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- non-supported (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- tree-based API (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- using API (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DOM and SAX APIs (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- [entry #2] (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- [entry #3] (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- guidelines for usage (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DOM API for PL/SQL (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- DOM API's for C++ (XML API Reference - XDK and Oracle XML DB)
- DOM fidelity, definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- domain administrators (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- domain database schema mappings (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- domain hints (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- domain index (interMedia User's Guide and Reference)
- domain indexes
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #5] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- altering (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- and EXPLAIN PLAN (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- and LONG columns (SQL Reference)
- associating statistics with (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- creating (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- parallelizing, with table functions (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- determining user-defined CPU and I/O costs (SQL Reference)
- example (SQL Reference)
- exporting and importing (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- extensible optimization (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- invoking drop routines for (SQL Reference)
- loading (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- modifying (SQL Reference)
- moving (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- parallelizing creation of (SQL Reference)
- rebuilding (SQL Reference)
- removing from the database (SQL Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- specifying alter string for (SQL Reference)
- user-defined statistics (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- using (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- domain membership (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Domain Naming Service (DNS) (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- DOMAIN networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- domain of data cartridge (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- domain schema mapping (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- domain user (Intelligent Agent User's Guide)
- domains (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- default network (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- delegating (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DOMAIN_HINT command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- domain_index_clause
- of CREATE INDEX (SQL Reference)
- DOMAIN_INDEX_NO_SORT hint
- better throughput example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- DOMAIN_LIST networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- DOMAttrModified - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNode.DOMAttrModified (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DOMBuilder (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DOMBuilder Bean (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- [entry #2] (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- asynchronous parsing (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DOMBuilder() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DOMBuilder(int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DOMBuilderBeanInfo (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DOMBuilderBeanInfo() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- domBuilderError(DOMBuilderEvent) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- domBuilderErrorCalled(DOMBuilderErrorEvent) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DOMBuilderErrorEvent (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DOMBuilderErrorEvent(Object, Exception) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DOMBuilderErrorListener (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DOMBuilderEvent (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DOMBuilderEvent(Object, int) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DOMBuilderListener (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- domBuilderOver(DOMBuilderEvent) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- domBuilderStarted(DOMBuilderEvent) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DOMCharacterDataModified - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNode.DOMCharacterDataModified (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DOMDocument (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- DOMException when Setting Node Value (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- dominance
- definition (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- functions (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- greatest lower bound (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- least upper bound (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DOMINATED_BY function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DOMINATES function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DOMNamespace() class (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DOMNodeInserted - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNode.DOMNodeInserted (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DOMNodeRemoved - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNode.DOMNodeRemoved (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DOMNodeRemovedFromDocument - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLNode.DOMNodeRemovedFromDocument (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DOMParser - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DOMParser (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DOMParser() - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DOMParser.DOMParser() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- domsample (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- done( ) method (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- doPost(HttpServletRequest, HttpServletResponse) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- dot notation (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- for collection methods (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- for global variables (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- for object attributes (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- for object methods (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- for package contents (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- for record fields (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- dots (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- DOUBLE - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDTypeConstants.DOUBLE (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- double brackets
- using (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- DOUBLE datatype (Utilities)
- DOUBLE numeric type (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- extending, application (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- file types (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- logical files (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- physical files (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for IBM DB2/AS400 V4R5 Migrations)
- Double OLAP API data type (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- DOUBLE PRECISION datatype (ANSI) (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DOUBLE PRECISION subtype (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- double quotes (escape sequence) (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP DML)
- double-truncated queries (Text Reference)
- double-truncated searching
- improving performance (Text Reference)
- DOWN role change notification (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- downgrading
- CATALOG.SQL (Migration)
- CATPARR.SQL (Migration)
- CATPROC.SQL (Migration)
- Java (Migration)
- [subentry #2] (Migration)
- Messaging Gateway (Migration)
- Advanced Queuing (Migration)
- ALTER DATABASE RESET COMPATIBILITY statement (Migration)
- ANALYZE VALIDATE STRUCTURE statement (Migration)
- applications (Migration)
- applications (Migration)
- archived redo logs (Migration)
- automatic segment-space managed tablespaces (Migration)
- backup (Migration)
- change in maximum size (Migration)
- checking level for features (Migration)
- compatibility level (Migration)
- COMPATIBLE initialization parameter (Migration)
- CREATE TABLE behavior change (Migration)
- data dictionary (Migration)
- datafiles (Migration)
- datatypes (Migration)
- date columns in dynamic performance views (Migration)
- dictionary managed tablespaces (Migration)
- downgrading (Migration)
- Export/Import (Migration)
- Heterogeneous Services agents (Migration)
- initialization parameters (Migration)
- LOB index clause (Migration)
- LOBs (Migration)
- LogMiner (Migration)
- materialized views (Migration)
- nested tables (Migration)
- NLS and NCHAR environment variables (Migration)
- object types (Migration)
- OCI (Migration)
- optimization (Migration)
- Oracle Managed Files (Migration)
- Oracle OLAP (Migration)
- PL/SQL (Migration)
- precompilers (Migration)
- recovery (Migration)
- removing incompatibilities (Migration)
- replication (Migration)
- resetting for database (Migration)
- ROWID issues (Migration)
- rowids (Migration)
- schema objects (Migration)
- scripts (Migration)
- standby database (Migration)
- STARTUP (Migration)
- tablespaces (Migration)
- user-defined datatypes (Migration)
- varrays (Migration)
- protection mode (Data Guard Broker)
- downgrading to another Workspace Manager release (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- downloading (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- drag and drop
- Navigator (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- Navigator objects (Oracle Enterprise Manager Administrator's Guide)
- drag and drop copying of object definitions (Getting Started with Oracle Change Management Pack)
- DRG (Error Messages)
- drill-down
- of data views (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- drill-down charts (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [entry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [entry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- drilling down to historical data (Getting Started with Oracle Management Pack for Oracle Applications)
- [subentry #2] (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- [subentry #3] (Getting Started with the Oracle Standard Management Pack)
- drill-down data views
- descriptions (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- modifying (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- selecting (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- SQL statement (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- statistics (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- drill-down data views in Oracle Trace
- Basic Statistics for Parse/Execute/Fetch (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- CPU Statistics for Parse/Execute/Fetch (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- I/O Statistics for Parse/Execute/Fetch (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Parse Statistics (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- Row Statistics for Execute/Fetch (Getting Started with the Oracle Diagnostics Pack)
- drilling (OLAP User's Guide)
- drilling down (Data Warehousing Guide)
- hierarchies (Data Warehousing Guide)
- drilling down a hierarchy (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- driver option (customizer harness) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- driver registration option (sqlj -driver) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DriverManager class (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DriverManager objects (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- drivers (Concepts)
- ODBC (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- OLE DB (FS) (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- OLE DB (SQL) (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- drivers
- connection (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- driverType (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DRIVING_SITE hint (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- drjobdml.sql script (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- drop (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #2] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- [entry #3] (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DROP ANY CLUSTER system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP ANY CONTEXT system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP ANY DIMENSION system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP ANY DIRECTORY system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP ANY INDEX system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP ANY INDEXTYPE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP ANY LIBRARY system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP ANY MATERIALIZED VIEW system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP ANY OPERATOR system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP ANY OUTLINE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP ANY PROCEDURE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP ANY ROLE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP ANY SEQUENCE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP ANY SYNONYM system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP ANY TABLE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP ANY TRIGGER system privilege (SQL Reference)
- of ASSOCIATE STATISTICS (SQL Reference)
- DROP ANY TYPE privilege (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- See also privileges (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- DROP ANY TYPE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP ANY VIEW system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP CATALOG command (Recovery Manager Reference)
- DROP clause
- of ALTER DIMENSION (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER INDEXTYPE (SQL Reference)
- DROP CLUSTER statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CASCADE CONSTRAINTS option (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping cluster (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping cluster index (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping hash cluster (Administrator's Guide)
- INCLUDING TABLES option (Administrator's Guide)
- DROP COLUMN clause
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- DROP command
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DROP CONSTRAINT clause
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- DROP constraint clause
- of ALTER VIEW (SQL Reference)
- DROP CONTEXT statement (SQL Reference)
- DROP DATABASE LINK statement (SQL Reference)
- DROP DIMENSION statement (SQL Reference)
- DROP DIRECTORY statement (SQL Reference)
- DROP FUNCTION statement (SQL Reference)
- DROP INDEX (Text Reference)
- Drop Index
- button (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- menu item (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- DROP INDEX command (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- DROP INDEX statement (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- DROP INDEXTYPE statement (SQL Reference)
- DROP JAVA statement (SQL Reference)
- DROP LIBRARY statement (SQL Reference)
- DROP LOG GROUP clause
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- DROP LOGFILE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DROP LOGFILE MEMBER clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DROP LOGFILE MEMBER option
- ALTER DATABASE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- DROP LOGFILE option
- ALTER DATABASE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG statement (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (Replication Management API Reference)
- DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW statement (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- prebuilt tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DROP OPERATOR statement (SQL Reference)
- DROP OUTLINE statement (SQL Reference)
- DROP PACKAGE BODY statement (SQL Reference)
- DROP PACKAGE statement (SQL Reference)
- DROP PARTITION clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- DROP PRIMARY constraint clause
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- DROP PROCEDURE statement (SQL Reference)
- DROP PROFILE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DROP PROFILE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP PUBLIC DATABASE LINK system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP PUBLIC SYNONYM system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP ROLE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP SEQUENCE statement (SQL Reference)
- DROP STANDBY LOGFILE clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DROP STANDBY LOGFILE MEMBER clause
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DROP statement (Concepts)
- DROP statements
- triggers on (SQL Reference)
- DROP SUPPLEMENTAL LOG DATA clause
- [entry #2] (Streams)
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- DROP SUPPLEMENTAL LOG GROUP clause (Streams)
- DROP SYNONYM statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DROP TABLE
- statements (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- DROP TABLE statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- about (Administrator's Guide)
- auditing (Concepts)
- CASCADE CONSTRAINTS option (Administrator's Guide)
- for clustered tables (Administrator's Guide)
- triggers (Concepts)
- DROP TABLESPACE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DROP TABLESPACE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP TRIGGER statement (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DROP TYPE BODY statement (SQL Reference)
- DROP TYPE statement (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- DROP UNIQUE constraint clause
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- DROP USER CASCADE restriction (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DROP USER privilege (Administrator's Guide)
- DROP USER statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DROP USER system privilege (SQL Reference)
- DROP VALUES clause
- of ALTER TABLE ... MODIFY PARTITION (SQL Reference)
- DROP VIEW statement (SQL Reference)
- drop-down lists (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- dropBLOBTable(Connection, String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- dropjava
- [entry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- method (Java Developer's Guide)
- tool (Java Developer's Guide)
- dropjava tool (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Stored Procedures Developer's Guide)
- dropped snapshots
- Import (Utilities)
- dropping
- destination (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- dimensions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- indexes (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- integrity constraints (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- materialized views (Data Warehousing Guide)
- obsolete tempfiles (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- online redo logs (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- packages (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- procedures (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- queue table (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- roles (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- sequences (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- synonyms (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- tablespaces from primary database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- temporary files (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- triggers (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- views (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- XMLType columns (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- manual (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- dropping an audit trail (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping an index (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- dropping AQ objects (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- dropping columns from tables (Administrator's Guide)
- marking unused (Administrator's Guide)
- remove unused columns (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping database links (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping datafiles
- Oracle managed (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping Java schema objects (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- dropping profiles (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping redo log files
- manual archiving (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- restrictions (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- dropping tables
- CASCADE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- consequences of (Administrator's Guide)
- privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping tempfiles
- Oracle managed (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping the recovery catalog (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- dropping users (Administrator's Guide)
- dropQueue (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DropReplicationSupport procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- dropXMLTable(Connection, String) (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DROP_ALL_COMPARTMENTS procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_ALL_GROUPS procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_APPLY procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_CAPTURE procedure (Streams)
- capture process
- dropping (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_COMPARTMENT procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_COMPARTMENTS function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_CONTEXT procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- DROP_EVALUATION_CONTEXT procedure (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_GROUP procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_GROUPED_POLICY procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- DROP_GROUPS procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_LABEL function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_LEVEL procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_PHRASE procedure (Text Reference)
- DROP_POLICY procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- DROP_PREFERENCE procedure (Text Reference)
- DROP_PROPAGATION procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_RELATION procedure (Text Reference)
- DROP_RULE procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_RULE_SET procedure (Streams)
- [entry #2] (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DROP_STOPLIST procedure (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- DROP_THESAURUS procedure (Text Reference)
- DROP_TRANSLATION procedure (Text Reference)
- DROP_USER_ACCESS procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DROP_VIEW procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DRSYS tablespace
- description (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- raw device (Real Application Clusters Setup and Configuration)
- DRS_START initialization parameter (Reference)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- DSA, environment setting (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- DSAdmin utility
- browsing registered services (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- creating a new service category (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- creating script files for administration (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- input (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- input (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- input (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- output (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- output (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- output (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- protocol (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- protocol (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- protocol (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- supplied by Dynamic Services (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- executing a registered service (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- learning about additional operations (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- managing service consumer applications (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- compound service message transformer (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- conditional (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- failover (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- failover (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- managing services (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- registering a service package (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- registering user identity as a new Dynamic Services service consumer application (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- DSE modification event (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- DSNTIAR
- DB2 compatible feature (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DSNTIAR routine (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DST networking parameter (Net Services Reference Guide)
- DTD
- [entry #2] (interMedia Annotator User's Guide)
- caching (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- definition (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- elementFormDefault (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- elements
- access control entries (ACEs) (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- any (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- complexType (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- Contents (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- simpleType (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- XDBBinary (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- XML (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- limitations (XML Database Developer's Guide - Oracle XML DB)
- [subentry #2] (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- using with Class Generator for Java (XML Developer's Kits Guide - XDK)
- DTD - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DTD (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DTD() - oracle.xml.parser.v2.DTD.DTD() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DTDClassGenerator() - oracle.xml.classgen.DTDClassGenerator.DTDClassGenerator() (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DTDName - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLToken.DTDName (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DTD_OBJECT - oracle.xml.jaxp.JXDocumentBuilderFactory.DTD_OBJECT (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DTD_OBJECT - oracle.xml.parser.v2.XMLParser.DTD_OBJECT (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- DTP model (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DUAL dummy table (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- DUAL table (Concepts)
- DUAL tables (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- error handling
- stored procedures (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Informix Dynamic Server 7.3 Migrations)
- dummy API (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- dummy host variables
- placeholders (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- dump file
- limiting size of (SQL Reference)
- dump files (Reference)
- Export and Import (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- maximum size (Utilities)
- DUMP function (SQL Reference)
- dumping MySQL data (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for MySQL 3.22, 3.23 Migrations)
- error messages
- MySQL (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for MySQL 3.22, 3.23 Migrations)
- DUMPLSNR_TIMEOUT configuration parameter (Real Application Clusters Real Application Clusters Guard I - Concepts and Administration)
- DUMP_ALIAS command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- OracleHOME_NAMENamesonames_server service (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- OracleHOME_NAMETNSListener service (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DUMP_LDAP command (Net Services Reference Guide)
- DUMP_ORPHAN_KEYS procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- DUMP_TNSNAMES command (Migration)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference Guide)
- duplexing
- backup sets (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- DUPLICATE command (Recovery Manager Reference)
- [entry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- duplicate databases
- creating (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- noncurrent (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- on local host (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- on remote host with different file system (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- on remote host with same file system (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- using CONFIGURE AUXNAME (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- using init.ora parameter and LOGFILE (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- using SET NEWNAME (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- datafiles (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT initialization parameter (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- excluding tablespaces (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- failed creation (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- generating control files (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- generating filenames (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- how RMAN creates (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- NOFILENAMECHECK option (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- online redo logs (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- preparing for duplication (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- SET NEWNAME command (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- skipping offline normal tablespaces (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- skipping read-only tablespaces (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- DUPLICATES clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- duplicating a database (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- troubleshooting (Recovery Manager User's Guide)
- DUP_VAL_ON_INDEX exception (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- durable subscriber (Application Developer's Guide - Advanced Queuing)
- duration
- example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of objects (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DURATION - oracle.xml.parser.schema.XSDTypeConstants.DURATION (Supplied Java Packages Reference)
- duration events
- in Oracle Trace (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- duration of a search, specifying (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Internet Directory Administrator's Guide)
- DURATION precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Dutch
- composite word indexing (Text Reference)
- fuzzy matching (Text Reference)
- index defaults (Text Reference)
- stemming (Text Reference)
- supplied stoplist (Text Reference)
- duties of a network administrator (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- duties, of security administrators (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- DY datetime format element (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- dynamic class reloading (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- Dynamic Discovery Option (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Dynamic Discovery Option for Oracle Names
- migration issues (Migration)
- dynamic FOR-loop range (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- dynamic forward, special support for JServ (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- dynamic include
- action tag (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- for large static content (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- logistics (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- special support for JServ (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- vs. static include (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- Dynamic Link Libraries (DLLs) (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- DYNAMIC option
- effect on functionality (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic ownership
- conflict avoidance and (Replication Management API Reference)
- locating owner of a row (Replication Management API Reference)
- obtaining ownership (Replication Management API Reference)
- workflow partitioning (Replication Management API Reference)
- dynamic page reloading (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- dynamic page retranslation (Support for JavaServer Pages Reference)
- dynamic parameters
- AQ_TM_PROCESSES (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- dynamic partitioning (Concepts)
- dynamic performance table (Database Tuning with the Oracle Tuning Pack)
- dynamic performance tables
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- CATALOG.SQL script (Reference)
- public synonyms (V$) (Reference)
- views (V_$) (Reference)
- dynamic performance tables (V$ tables) (Concepts)
- dynamic performance views (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (OLAP User's Guide)
- changes in Oracle9i (Migration)
- creating (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- date columns
- compatibility (Migration)
- deprecated (Migration)
- for performance monitoring (Real Application Clusters Deployment and Performance)
- Heterogeneous Services (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- determining open sessions (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- determining which agents are on host (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- obsolete (Migration)
- replication (Replication Management API Reference)
- See also (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- V$NLS_PARAMETERS (Globalization Support Guide)
- V$NLS_VALID_VALUES (Globalization Support Guide)
- with dropped columns (Migration)
- with renamed columns (Migration)
- dynamic PL/SQL
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- rules for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- versus dynamic SQL (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic predicates
- in security policies (Concepts)
- dynamic queries (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- dynamic query window (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- dynamic reports, creating (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Dynamic Services (New Features)
- Dynamic Services
- adaptors (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- administrator (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- application profile registry (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- application scenarios (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- benefits (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- client library (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- communication (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- driver (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- engine (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- framework (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- service registry (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Dynamic Services User's and Administrator's Guide)
- Dynamic Services framework (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- Dynamic Services service
- catalog DS service (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- content access DS service (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- subscribe DS service (Syndication Server User's and Administrator's Guide)
- dynamic sites
- ownership (Advanced Replication)
- Dynamic SQL (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic SQL (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- advantages and disadvantages (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- advantages and disadvantages of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- anonymous blocks and (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- application development languages (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- cannot use cursor variables with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- choosing the right method (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DBMS_SQL functions, using (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_SQL package (Concepts)
- defined (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Edit menu (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- embedded (Concepts)
- embedded SQL (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- execution flow in (Supplied PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- features
- new (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- guidelines (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- guidelines for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- in JDBC code (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- in PL/SQL code (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- invoker-rights (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- invoking PL/SQL blocks (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- method 1 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- method 2 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- method 3 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- method 4 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- optimization (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- overview (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- overview of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- queries (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- restriction on (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions on use of datatypes (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions on using datatypes in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- scenario (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- See Also DBMS_SQL package (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- See Also native dynamic SQL (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- tips and traps (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- usage (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- use of PL/SQL with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- uses for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- using OPEN-FOR-USING statement (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- using PL/SQL (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the AT clause (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the AT clause in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- when to use (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- when useful (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic SQL (ANSI)
- ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- basics (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- bulk operations (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CLOSE CURSOR statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- compared to Oracle dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE DESCRIPTOR statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- differences from Oracle dynamic (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- differences from Oracle dynamic SQL (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- EXECUTE statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- FETCH statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- GET DESCRIPTOR statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- OPEN statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Oracle extensions (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Overview (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- overview (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Precompiler Options (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- precompiler options (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- reference semantics (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample program (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample programs (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE12.PCO (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SET DESCRIPTOR statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of DECLARE CURSOR (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of PREPARE statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- when to use (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic SQL method 1
- commands (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- commands used with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- description (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- description of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- how to use (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- requirements (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- requirements for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of EXECUTE IMMEDIATE with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of PL/SQL with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using EXECUTE IMMEDIATE (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using PL/SQL (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Dynamic SQL Method 1
- program example (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- dynamic SQL method 2
- commands (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- commands used with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- description (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- description of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- requirements (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- requirements for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of DECLARE STATEMENT with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of EXECUTE with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of PL/SQL with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of PREPARE with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using PL/SQL (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the DECLARE STATEMENT statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the EXECUTE statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the PREPARE statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Dynamic SQL Method 2
- program example (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- dynamic SQL method 3
- commands (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- commands used with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- compared to method 2 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- example program (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- requirements (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- requirements for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sequence of statements used with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of DECLARE STATEMENT with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of DECLARE with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of FETCH with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of OPEN with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of PL/SQL with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of PREPARE with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using PL/SQL (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the DECLARE statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the DECLARE STATEMENT statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the FETCH statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the OPEN statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the PREPARE statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Dynamic SQL Method 3
- program example (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- dynamic SQL method 4
- CLOSE statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE CURSOR statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- external datatypes (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- FETCH statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- internal datatypes (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- need for descriptors with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- OPEN statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- overview of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- PREPARE statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- prerequisites (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- prerequisites for using (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of descriptors (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- requirements (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- requirements for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- requirements of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sample program (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sequence of statements used (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- sequence of statements used with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQLDA (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- steps for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of CLOSE statement in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of DECLARE CURSOR statement in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of DECLARE STATEMENT with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of DESCRIBE in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of DESCRIBE statement in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of descriptors with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of FETCH statement in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of OPEN statement in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of PL/SQL with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of PREPARE statement in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of the SQLDA in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using descriptors (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using host arrays with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using PL/SQL (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the DECLARE STATEMENT statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the DESCRIBE statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the FOR clause (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the FOR clause with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using the SQLDA (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- when needed (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Dynamic SQL Method 4
- requirements of (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- sequence of statements used with (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- steps for (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of CLOSE statement in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of DECLARE CURSOR statement in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of DESCRIBE statement in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of FETCH statement in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of OPEN statement in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of PREPARE statement in (Pro*PL/I Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- dynamic SQL methods
- overview of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic SQL statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- binding of host variables (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- how processed (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- requirements (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using host tables (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- versus static SQL statement (Pro*COBOL Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic SQL statements
- binding of host variables in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- requirements for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- use of placeholders in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using host arrays in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- versus static SQL statements (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic SQL support in SQLJ
- examples (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- introduction (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- meta bind expressions (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- runtime behavior (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- translation-time behavior (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- dynamic string (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- dynamic web pages (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- dynamically typed data
- representing (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- DynamicDefinition class (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- DYNAMIC_SAMPLING hint (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- DYNAMIC_SCHEME (connection cache) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- DYNAMIC_SEGMENT function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- dynaset (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- dynasets (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- editing
- schema objects (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- table defaults (Migration Workbench Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ))
- dynasets and primary keys (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- emulation of COUNTER data type (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- explicit transaction model (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- extending, application (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- features (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- forms and reports (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- hard lock (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- implicit transaction model (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- Jet (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- Jet data types (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- Jet error message classes (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- Jet error messages (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- Jet multi-user updates (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- Jet recordsets (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- Jet transactions (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- large-scale application (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- local table (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- manual conversion (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- Microsoft Access 97 data types (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- Microsoft Access forms and reports (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- Microsoft Access operators (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- migration process (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- Migration Wizard (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- Migration Workbench (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- modify Microsoft Access database (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- MSysConf table (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- multi-user Microsoft Access application (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- nValue (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- ODBC (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- ODBC drivers (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- one-to-many cardinality (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- [subentry #2] (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- one-to-one cardinality (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- [subentry #2] (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- optimistic locking (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- Oracle architecture (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- Oracle data types (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- Oracle Model (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- Oracle reserved words (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
- paragraph tags
- PT PrefaceTitle (Migration Workbench Reference Guide for Microsoft Access 2.0, 95, 97, 2000 Migrations)
Copyright © 2002 Oracle Corporation
All Rights Reserved.
